BAY STATE BANCORP INC
10KSB40, 1998-06-29
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: CHEVY CHASE AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 1997-3, 8-K, 1998-06-29
Next: FDX CORP, 11-K, 1998-06-29





                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   Form 10-KSB

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                    For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998

                                     1-13691
                             Commission File Number

                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
          (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter.)

                Delaware                                    04-3398630
    (State or Other Jurisdiction of                       (I.R.S. Employer 
      Incorporation or Organization)                      Identification No.)

               1299 Beacon Street, Brookline, Massachusetts 02146
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

         Issuer's telephone number, including area code: (617) 739-9500
      Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

     Common Stock, par value                  The American Stock Exchange
         $0.01 per share                 (Name of Exchange on which registered)
        (Title of Class)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Check  whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ]

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation  S-B contained in this form and no disclosure  will be contained,  to
the best of the  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form  10-KSB or any
amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [X]

The issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year were $19,562,000.

The aggregate  market value of the voting and  non-voting  common equity held by
non-affiliates  of the  issuer  was  $67,128,000.  This  figure  is based on the
closing price on the American Stock Exchange for a share of the issuer's  common
stock on June 8, 1998,  which was $27.75 as reported in The Wall Street  Journal
on June 9, 1998.  For purposes of this  calculation,  the Registrant is assuming
that directors and executive officers are affiliates.

The  Registrant had 2,535,232  shares of Common Stock  outstanding as of June 8,
1998.

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format.   Yes [   ]    No [ X ]

<PAGE>

                                      INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PART I
                                                                                                                            Page No.

<S>            <C>                                                                                                            <C>
               Item 1.    Description of Business.......................................................................       1

               Item 2.    Description of Property.......................................................................      29

               Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.............................................................................      29

               Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders...........................................      29

PART II

               Item 5.    Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters......................................      30

               Item 6.    Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.....................................      30

               Item 7.    Financial Statements..........................................................................      40

               Item 8.    Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on
                          Accounting and Financial Disclosure...........................................................      65

PART III

               Item 9.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons;
                          Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.............................................      66

               Item 10.   Executive Compensation........................................................................      69

               Item 11.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management................................      76

               Item 12.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................................      77

               Item 13.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K..............................................................      78

SIGNATURES
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



Item 1. Description of Business.

General

     Bay State Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated under Delaware law
on October 24, 1997. The Company was formed to acquire Bay State Federal Savings
Bank and  subsidiaries,  Brookline,  Massachusetts  (the  "Bank") as part of the
Bank's   conversion   from  a  mutual  to  stock  form  of   organization   (the
"Conversion").  In connection with the Conversion, on March 27, 1998 the Company
issued an aggregate  2,535,232  shares of its common stock,  par value $0.01 per
share  (the  "Common  Stock"),  at a purchase  price of $20 per share,  of which
2,347,437 shares were issued in a subscription  offering and 187,795 shares were
issued  to  The  Bay  State   Federal   Savings   Charitable   Foundation   (the
"Foundation"), a charitable foundation established by the Bank. The Company is a
savings and loan holding  company and is subject to  regulation by the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("OTS"),  the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC")
and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  Currently, the Company does
not transact any material business other than through its subsidiary,  the Bank.
At March 31,  1998,  the  Company  had total  assets  of $295.3  million,  total
deposits of $207.8 million and total stockholders' equity of $63.6 million.

     The Bank  was  originally  organized  in 1920 as a  state-chartered  mutual
cooperative  bank with the name Coolidge Corner  Cooperative  Bank. In 1936, the
Bank converted to a federally-chartered  mutual savings and loan association and
changed its name to Brookline Federal Savings and Loan Association. In 1960, the
Bank changed its name to Bay State Federal Savings and Loan  Association and, in
1983,  changed its name again to Bay State  Federal  Savings  Bank.  In February
1997, the Bank merged with Union Federal Savings Bank ("Union  Federal"),  which
at the time of the merger had $38.2  million of total  assets,  $35.5 million of
deposits and $2.7 million of retained earnings and operated two branches located
in Boston and Westwood, Massachusetts. The Bank currently maintains five banking
offices located in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     The Bank's  principal  business  has been and  continues  to be  attracting
retail  deposits  from the general  public in the areas  surrounding  its branch
offices  and  investing  those  deposits,  together  with funds  generated  from
operations  and  borrowings,   primarily  in  adjustable-rate  and  shorter-term
fixed-rate one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans. To a lesser extent,
the Bank  invests in  multi-family,  commercial  real estate,  construction  and
development,  commercial and consumer loans.  The Bank operates through its five
full service banking  offices and one  administrative  office,  all of which are
located in the greater Boston  metropolitan  area. The Bank originates loans for
investment and loans for sale in the secondary market,  generally  retaining the
servicing rights to all loans sold. The Bank's revenues are derived  principally
from  interest on its mortgage  loans and, to a lesser  extent,  interest on its
investment  and  mortgage-backed  and   mortgage-related   securities  and  loan
servicing  income.  The Bank's primary sources of funds are deposits,  principal
and  interest  payments  on loans  and  securities  and  Federal  Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") advances.

Market Area and Competition

     The  Bank  is   headquartered   in  Brookline,   Massachusetts   and  is  a
community-oriented  savings institution offering a variety of financial products
and services to meet the needs of the communities it serves.  The Bank's primary
deposit  gathering area is concentrated in the communities  surrounding its five
full-service banking offices located in Brookline,  Boston,  Dedham, Norwood and
Westwood,  Massachusetts. All of the Bank's branch offices are located within 15
miles of Brookline.  The Bank's primary  lending area is  significantly  broader
than its  deposit  gathering  area and  includes  all of  Massachusetts,  with a
concentration in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     Brookline,  Massachusetts is a  fully-developed  and densely populated town
located west of and adjacent to Boston.  Brookline is  surrounded by three major
U.S.  Interstate  Highways:  Interstate 93, Interstate 90 and Interstate 95. The
major traffic roadways running through  Brookline are heavily traveled and lined
with  commercial  and retail  business  operations and  Brookline's  1990 census
population was  approximately  54,000.  The residents of Brookline 

                                       1
<PAGE>


are generally  comprised of white- and blue-collar workers and college students.
The towns of Dedham,  Norwood and  Westwood  are  situated  southwest of Boston.
These towns are primarily  residential  communities  consisting of single-family
residences and are populated by middle- to high-income  individuals  employed in
the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     New England has  generally  lagged  behind the rest of the nation in coming
out of the  recession of the late 1980s and early 1990s.  During this time,  the
market values of many one- to  four-family  residences  declined  throughout the
region.  Loan  demand  diminished  and  competition  for such  loans  increased.
However,  over the past few years,  the regional  economy in the Bank's  primary
market  area,  based  on  economic   indicators  such  as  unemployment   rates,
residential  and  commercial  real estate values and vacancy rates and household
income  trends,  has  stabilized  and  begun  to  strengthen.   Small  business,
technology and service firms,  higher education and tourism form the backbone of
the economy of the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     The Bank faces  significant  competition  both in  generating  loans and in
attracting  deposits.  The Bank's primary market area is highly  competitive and
the Bank  faces  direct  competition  from a  significant  number  of  financial
institutions,  many with a state-wide or regional presence and, in some cases, a
national presence. Many of these financial institutions are significantly larger
and have greater financial  resources than the Bank. The Bank's  competition for
loans comes  principally from commercial  banks,  savings banks,  credit unions,
mortgage brokers,  mortgage banking companies and insurance companies.  Its most
direct  competition  for deposits  has  historically  come from other  financial
institutions.  In addition, the Bank faces significant  competition for deposits
from non-bank  institutions  such as brokerage firms and insurance  companies in
such  instruments  as short-term  money market funds,  corporate and  government
securities funds, mutual funds and annuities. Competition may also increase as a
result of the lifting of restrictions on the interstate  operations of financial
institutions.  The Bank has also experienced significant competition from credit
unions  which have a  competitive  advantage as they do not pay state or federal
income taxes. This competitive disadvantage has placed increased pressure on the
Bank with respect to its loan and deposit pricing.

Personnel

     As of March 31, 1998 the Bank had 69 full-time  employees  and 14 part-time
employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and
the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

Lending Activities

     Loan Portfolio Composition. The Bank's loan portfolio consists primarily of
first  mortgage loans secured by one- to  four-family  residences.  At March 31,
1998, gross loans totalled $230.4 million,  of which $157.2 million were one- to
four-family,  residential mortgage loans, or 68.2% of the Bank's total loans. At
such date,  the remainder of the loan  portfolio  consisted of: $22.4 million of
multi-family  residential  loans,  or 9.7% of  total  loans;  $35.5  million  of
commercial  real  estate  loans,  or 15.4%  of  total  loans;  $7.8  million  of
construction and development loans,  including  unadvanced loan amounts, or 3.4%
of total loans;  $4.0 million of equity lines of credit, or 1.7% of total loans;
and $3.4 million of other consumer  loans,  or 1.5% of total loans. At that same
date,  73.4% of the  Bank's  residential  mortgage  loans and  construction  and
development loans had adjustable interest rates.

     The types of loans that the Bank may  originate  are subject to federal and
state  laws and  regulations.  Interest  rates  charged by the Bank on loans are
affected  by the demand for such  loans and the  supply of money  available  for
lending  purposes and the rates  offered by  competitors.  These factors are, in
turn, affected by, among other things, economic conditions, monetary policies of
the  federal  government,  including  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  ("FRB")  and
legislative tax policies.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  At March 31,
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1998                          1997                          1996            
                                        ----                          ----                          ----            
                                                Percent                       Percent                    Percent    
                               Amount          of Total      Amount          of Total       Amount       of Total   
                               ------          --------      ------          --------       ------       --------   
                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                           <C>               <C>        <C>               <C>          <C>            <C>       
Mortgage loans:
  Residential:
    One- to four-family ..    $157,240          68.23%     $162,837          77.34%       $149,941        78.74%    
    Multi-family .........      22,411           9.73        14,624           6.95          13,294         6.98     
  Commercial real estate        35,468          15.39        25,260          12.00          19,129        10.05     
  Construction and
    development(1) .......       7,821           3.39         2,831           1.34           5,359         2.81     
                               -------         ------       -------         ------         -------       ------     
      Total mortgage loans     222,940          96.74       205,552          97.63         187,723        98.58     
                               -------         ------       -------         ------         -------       ------     
Commercial ................         43            .02            31           0.02              --           --     
                               -------         ------       -------         ------         -------       ------     
Consumer loans:
  Equity lines ...........       4,028           1.75         2,359           1.12             268         0.14     
  Other consumer loans ...       3,434           1.49         2,594           1.23           2,434         1.28     
                               -------         ------       -------         ------         -------       ------     
      Total consumer loans       7,462           3.24         4,953           2.35           2,702         1.42     
                               -------         ------       -------         ------         -------       ------     
Total loans ..............     230,445         100.00%      210,536         100.00%        190,425       100.00%     
                                               ======                       ======                       ======      

Allowance for loan losses       (2,513)                      (1,687)                        (1,774)                 
Undisbursed proceeds of
    construction and
    development loans in
    process ..............      (2,534)                      (1,349)                        (1,622)                 
Deferred loan origination
  fees, net ..............        (470)                        (437)                          (495)                 
                               -------                      -------                        -------                  
      Loans, net .........     224,928                      207,063                        186,534                  
Mortgage loans held-for-
  sale ...................         822                           --                             47                  
                               -------                      -------                        -------                  
Loans, net and mortgage
  loans held-for-sale ....    $225,750                     $207,063                       $186,581                  
                              ========                     ========                       ========                  



<CAPTION>
                                                        At March 31,
                                     ----------------------------------------------------
                                              1995                         1994          
                                              ----                         ----          
                                                    Percent                       Percent
                                     Amount        of Total      Amount          of Total
                                     ------        --------      ------          --------
                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>             <C>         <C>                <C>  
Mortgage loans:
  Residential:
     One- to four-family ..         $152,025        80.93%      $148,613           80.21%
    Multi-family .........            12,505         6.65         10,519            5.68
  Commercial real estate              17,820         9.49         21,120           11.40
  Construction and
    development(1) .......             3,393         1.81          3,078            1.66
                                     -------       ------       --------          ------
      Total mortgage loans           185,743        98.88        183,330           98.95
                                     -------       ------       --------          ------
 Commercial ...............               --           --             --              --
                                     -------       ------       --------          ------
Consumer loans:
  Equity lines ...........                --           --             --              --
  Other consumer loans ...             2,110         1.12          1,951            1.05
                                     -------       ------       --------          ------
      Total consumer loans             2,110         1.12          1,951            1.05
                                     -------       ------       --------          ------
Total loans ..............           187,853       100.00%       185,281          100.00%
                                                   ======                         ====== 

Allowance for loan losses             (1,825)                     (2,480)
Undisbursed proceeds of
    construction and
    development loans in
    process ..............              (909)                       (903)
Deferred loan origination
  fees, net ..............              (588)                       (573)
                                    --------                    ---------          
      Loans, net .........           184,531                     181,325
Mortgage loans held-for-
  sale ...................                --                          --   
                                    --------                    --------
Loans, net and mortgage
 loans held-for-sale .....          $184,531                    $181,325
                                    ========                    ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes committed but unadvanced loan amounts.


                                     3
<PAGE>




     Loan Maturity. The following table shows the remaining contractual maturity
of the Bank's loans at March 31, 1998.  The table does not include the effect of
future principal prepayments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 At March 31, 1998
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           One- to                                               Construction     
                                                            Four-             Multi-         Commercial               and          
                                                           Family(1)          Family         Real Estate         Development(2)    
                                                           ---------          ------         -----------         --------------    
                                                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>               <C>                   <C>   
Amounts due:
  One year or less..................................        $  1,160          $   791           $   327               $6,352
                                                            --------          -------           -------               ------
  After one year:
   More than one year to three years................             819            1,843             2,945                  413
   More than three years to five years..............           1,545              473               772                   12
   More than five years to ten years................           8,363            1,519             3,951                   --
   More than ten years to twenty years..............          47,951            8,056            16,963                   44
   More than twenty years...........................         101,430            9,729            10,510                1,000
                                                            --------          -------           -------               ------
      Total due after one year......................         160,108           21,620            35,141                1,469
                                                            --------          -------           -------               ------

      Total amount due..............................        $161,268          $22,411           $35,468               $7,821
                                                            ========          =======           =======               ======
                                                                                                             
<CAPTION>
                                                                          At March 31, 1998
                                                               ---------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Total
                                                               Commercial      Consumer           Loans
                                                               ----------      --------           -----
                                                                           (In Thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>             <C> 
  Amounts due:
  One year or less..................................              $ --          $1,625          $ 10,255
                                                                  ----          ------          --------
  After one year:
   More than one year to three years................                43             302             6,365
   More than three years to five years..............                --             353             3,155
   More than five years to ten years................                --             363            14,196
   More than ten years to twenty years..............                --             626            73,640
   More than twenty years...........................                --             165           122,834
                                                                  ----          ------          --------
      Total due after one year......................                43           1,809           220,190
                                                                  ----          ------          --------
  
      Total amount due..............................              $ 43          $3,434           230,445
                                                                  ====          ======
Less:
  Allowance for loan losses............................................................           (2,513)
  Undisbursed proceeds of construction and development loans in process................           (2,534)
  Deferred loan origination fees, net..................................................             (470)
                                                                                                --------
Loans, net.............................................................................         $224,928
                                                                                                ========
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes equity lines.

(2)  Includes  construction and development  loans which will convert to one- to
     four-family mortgage loans upon the completion of the construction.


     The  following  table sets forth at March 31,  1998,  the dollar  amount of
loans, excluding mortgage loans held for sale, contractually due after March 31,
1999 and whether such loans have fixed  interest  rates or  adjustable  interest
rates.


                                                  Due After March 31, 1999
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Fixed       Adjustable      Total
                                             -----       ----------      -----
                                                       (In Thousands)
Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family ................      $ 35,533      $120,547      $156,080
  Multi-family .......................         3,406        18,214        21,620
  Commercial real estate .............         5,206        29,935        35,141
  Construction and development .......           413         1,056         1,469
                                            --------      --------      --------
    Total mortgage loans .............        44,558       169,752       214,310
                                            --------      --------      --------
Commercial loans .....................            --            43            43
                                            --------      --------      --------
Consumer loans:
  Equity lines .......................            --         4,028         4,028
  Other consumer loans ...............           475         1,334         1,809
                                            --------      --------      --------
    Total consumer loans .............           475         5,362         5,837
                                            --------      --------      --------
Total loans ..........................      $ 45,033      $175,157      $220,190
                                            ========      ========      ========


     Origination,  Sale and  Servicing  of Loans.  The Bank's  mortgage  lending
activities are conducted  primarily by its loan personnel  operating at its five
branch  offices  and one  administrative  office  and  through a network of loan
correspondents, wholesale loan brokers and other financial institutions approved
by the Bank. All loans  originated by the Bank,  either through internal sources
or through loan  correspondents  are  underwritten  by the Bank  pursuant to the
Bank's policies and procedures.  The Bank  originates both  adjustable-rate  and
fixed-rate loans. The Bank's

                                       4
<PAGE>


ability to  originate  fixed- or  adjustable-rate  loans is  dependent  upon the
relative  customer  demand for such loans,  which is affected by the current and
expected future level of interest rates.

     Generally,  all  adjustable-rate  mortgage loans originated by the Bank are
originated for investment.  While the Bank has in the past,  from  time-to-time,
retained  fixed-rate  one- to  four-family  loans,  it is currently  the general
policy  of the Bank to sell  substantially  all one- to  four-family  fixed-rate
mortgage  loans with periods to repricing of greater than 15 years.  The one- to
four-family  mortgage loan products  currently  originated  for sale by the Bank
include a variety of loans which conform to the underwriting standards specified
by the FHLMC  ("conforming  loans") and, to a lesser extent,  loans which do not
conform to FHLMC standards due to loan amounts ("jumbo  loans").  While the Bank
generally does not originate  mortgage loans insured by the FHA and VA, the Bank
has, from time-to-time,  purchased such loans for its own portfolio. All one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans  sold by the  Bank  are  sold  pursuant  to  master
commitments  negotiated with FHLMC and other investors to purchase loans meeting
such investors' defined criteria. Although the Bank has entered into such master
commitment contracts,  such contracts generally do not require the purchasers to
buy or the Bank to deliver a specific amount of mortgage  loans.  All conforming
loans currently sold by the Bank are sold to FHLMC and all non-conforming  loans
which are sold are generally sold to private investors.  Sales of loans are made
without  recourse to the Bank in the event of default by the borrower.  The Bank
generally retains the servicing rights on the mortgage loans sold to FHLMC.

     At March 31, 1998,  the Bank was servicing in its portfolio  $228.0 million
of loans,  net, and $15.6 million of loans for others,  primarily  consisting of
conforming  fixed-rate  mortgage loans sold by the Bank. Loan servicing includes
collecting and remitting  loan payments,  accounting for principal and interest,
contacting  delinquent   mortgagors,   supervising   foreclosures  and  property
dispositions in the event of unremedied  defaults,  making certain insurance and
tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally  administering  the loans.
Substantially  all of the loans  currently  being  serviced for others are loans
which have been sold by the Bank. The gross servicing fee income from loans sold
is generally 24 to 48 basis points of the total balance of the loan serviced.

     During the fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  the Bank
originated  $40.3  million,  $38.1 million and $21.4  million of fixed-rate  and
adjustable-rate one- to four-family loans, respectively, of which $38.0 million,
$37.5 million and $20.7  million,  respectively,  were retained by the Bank. The
Bank  recognizes,  at the time of sale, the cash gain or loss on the sale of the
loans based on the  difference  between the net cash  proceeds  received and the
carrying  value of the loans sold. On April 1, 1996, the Bank  implemented  SFAS
No. 122 pursuant to which the value of servicing  rights may be recognized as an
asset of the Bank.  In the fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1998 the fair value of
servicing  rights  under SFAS No. 122 and SFAS No. 125 was not  material and was
not recognized in the  consolidated  financial  statements for that period.  The
Bank has, in the past, from  time-to-time,  purchased  loans,  primarily one- to
four-family  mortgage loans or participations in loans,  primarily  multi-family
and  commercial  real estate loans and, at March 31, 1998,  had $15.8 million of
purchased  loans  and  $10.8  million  in loan  participation  interests.  Loans
purchased from correspondent financial institutions are underwritten pursuant to
the  Bank's  policies  and  generally  closed  in the name of the  correspondent
financial institution and then purchased by the Bank.



                                       5
<PAGE>



     The  following  table sets forth the Bank's loan  originations,  purchases,
sales and principal repayments for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    For the Year Ended March 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------
                                                    1998       1997         1996
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                           (In Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>      
Beginning balance, loans, net(1) ..............  $ 207,063   $ 186,581   $ 184,531
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
  Loans originated:
    Mortgage loans:
      One- to four-family .....................     41,107      38,062      21,411
      Multi-family ............................      5,768       1,129       2,025
      Commercial real estate ..................     16,657       9,262       3,082
      Construction and development ............      5,940       3,750       6,147
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total mortgage loans ..................     69,472      52,203      32,665
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
    Commercial ................................         --          38          --
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
    Consumer:
      Equity lines ............................      4,166       3,737         517
      Other consumer loans ....................      3,277       1,312       1,689
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
        Total consumer loans ..................      7,443       5,049       2,206
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
          Total loans .........................     76,915      57,290      34,871
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
  Total .......................................    283,978     243,871     219,402
Principal repayments and other, net ...........    (56,059)    (35,765)    (32,049)
Loan charge-offs, net .........................        (30)       (204)        (52)
Sale of mortgage loans, principal balance .....     (2,269)       (530)       (673)
Transfer of mortgage loans to REO .............       (230)       (309)         --
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------
    Loans, net and mortgage loans held-for-sale    225,750     207,063     186,628
Mortgage loans held-for-sale ..................       (822)         --         (47)
                                                 ---------   ---------   ---------

    Ending balance, loans, net ................  $ 224,928   $ 207,063   $ 186,581
                                                 =========   =========   =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes mortgage loans held-for-sale.

     One-to Four-Family  Lending.  The Bank currently offers both fixed-rate and
adjustable-rate mortgage ("ARM") loans with maturities of up to 30 years secured
by one- to four-family residences.  Most of such loans are located in the Bank's
primary  market  area.  One-  to  four-family  mortgage  loan  originations  are
generally obtained from the Bank's in-house loan representatives,  from existing
or past customers,  from mortgage brokers and through  referrals from members of
the Bank's local communities.  At March 31, 1998, the Bank's one- to four-family
mortgage loans totalled $157.2 million, or 68.2%, of total loans. Of the one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans  outstanding  at that date,  23.1% were  fixed-rate
mortgage loans and 76.9% were ARM loans.

     The Bank currently offers fixed-rate  mortgage loans with terms from ten to
30 years. The Bank sells  substantially all of the fixed-rate  residential loans
with  periods to  repricing  of greater  than 15 years  that it  originates  and
retains the servicing on all loans sold to FHLMC. The Bank generally retains for
its portfolio all adjustable-rate  one- to four-family loans. From time-to-time,
the Bank will purchase one- to four-family  mortgage loans. Such purchased loans
may be secured by real estate located outside the Bank's primary market area and
outside of  Massachusetts.  Such loans are generally  purchased  with  servicing
retained by the seller.

     The Bank  currently  offers a number  of ARM loans  with  terms of up to 30
years and interest  rates which  adjust every one,  three or five years from the
outset of the loan and which adjust  annually after a three or five year initial
fixed period.  The interest rates for the Bank's ARM loans are indexed to either
the one, three or five year Constant  Maturity  Treasury ("CMT") Index. The Bank
originates ARM loans with initially discounted rates, often

   
                                       6
<PAGE>


known as "teaser  rates." The Bank's ARM loans  generally  provide for  periodic
(not  more than 2%) and  overall  (not  more  than 6%) caps on the  increase  or
decrease in the interest  rate at any  adjustment  date and over the life of the
loan.

     The origination of adjustable-rate  residential  mortgage loans, as opposed
to fixed-rate  residential  mortgage loans,  helps reduce the Bank's exposure to
increases in interest  rates.  However,  adjustable-rate  loans  generally  pose
credit risks not inherent in  fixed-rate  loans,  primarily  because as interest
rates rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the
potential for default.  Periodic and lifetime  caps on interest  rate  increases
help to reduce the risks  associated with  adjustable-rate  loans but also limit
the interest rate sensitivity of such loans.

     All one- to four-family  mortgage loans are  underwritten  according to the
Bank's  policies  and  guidelines.   Generally,  the  Bank  originates  one-  to
four-family  residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the lower of the
appraised value or the selling price of the property securing the loan and up to
95% of the  appraised  value or  selling  price if  private  mortgage  insurance
("PMI") is obtained.  Mortgage loans  originated by the Bank  generally  include
due-on-sale  clauses which provide the Bank with the  contractual  right to deem
the loan  immediately  due and  payable  in the  event  the  borrower  transfers
ownership of the property without the Bank's consent. Due-on-sale clauses are an
important means of adjusting the yields on the Bank's  fixed-rate  mortgage loan
portfolio and the Bank has generally  exercised its rights under these  clauses.
The Bank requires fire,  casualty,  title and, in certain cases, flood insurance
on all properties securing real estate loans made by the Bank.

     In an effort to provide  financing  for  first-time  home buyers,  the Bank
offers its own first-time  home buyer loan program.  This program offers one- to
four-family residential mortgage loans to qualified individuals. These loans are
offered  with  adjustable-  and  fixed-rates  of interest  and terms of up to 30
years. Pursuant to this program, borrowers receive reduced loan origination fees
and closing costs.  Such loans must be secured by an  owner-occupied  residence.
These loans are  originated  using the same  underwriting  guidelines as are the
Bank's other one- to four-family  mortgage  loans.  Such loans are originated in
amounts  up to 95% of the lower of the  property's  appraised  value or the sale
price.   Private  mortgage   insurance  is  normally  required  for  loans  with
loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios of over 80%.

     Multi-Family  and  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending.  The Bank  originates
multi-family and commercial real estate loans that are generally secured by 5 or
more unit apartment  buildings and properties used for business purposes such as
office  buildings,  industrial  facilities or retail  facilities  located in the
Bank's primary market area. The Bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate
underwriting policies provide that such real estate loans may be made in amounts
up to 80% of the appraised value of the property,  subject to the Bank's current
loans-to-one-borrower  limit,  which at March  31,  1998 was $6.3  million.  The
Bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate loans may be made with terms up
to 30 years and are offered with interest rates that adjust periodically and are
generally  indexed to the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.  In
reaching  its  decision on whether to make a  multi-family  or  commercial  real
estate loan,  the Bank considers the net operating  income of the property,  the
borrower's  expertise,  credit  history and  profitability  and the value of the
underlying  property.  The  Bank has  generally  required  that  the  properties
securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of
earnings  before debt service to debt  service) of at least 1.25x.  In addition,
environmental  impact surveys are generally  required for most  multi-family and
commercial real estate loans.  Generally,  all  multi-family and commercial real
estate loans made to  corporations,  partnerships  and other  business  entities
require personal  guarantees by the principals.  On an exception basis, the Bank
may  not  require  a  personal   guarantee  on  such  loans   depending  on  the
creditworthiness  of the  borrower and the amount of the  downpayment  and other
mitigating circumstances.  The Bank's multi-family real estate loan portfolio at
March 31,  1998 was  $22.4  million,  or 9.7%,  of total  loans  and the  Bank's
commercial real estate loan portfolio at such date was $35.5 million,  or 15.4%,
of total loans.  The largest  multi-family or commercial real estate loan in the
Bank's  portfolio at March 31, 1998 was a $2,750,000 real estate loan secured by
a golf and country club located in Watertown, Massachusetts.


                                       7
<PAGE>


     The  Bank  also  purchases  participation  interests  in  multi-family  and
commercial  real  estate  loans.  Most of these loans are secured by real estate
located  in  the  Bank's  primary  market  area.  When  determining  whether  to
participate in such loans, the Bank will underwrite its  participation  interest
according to its own  underwriting  standards.  At March 31, 1998,  the Bank had
$4.8  million in  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate loan  participation
interests, or 2.1% of total loans.

     Loans  secured  by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  properties
generally  involve  larger  principal  amounts and a greater degree of risk than
one- to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Because  payments  on loans
secured  by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  properties  are  often
dependent on successful operation or management of the properties,  repayment of
such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the
economy.  The Bank  seeks to  minimize  these  risks  through  its  underwriting
standards.

     Construction  and  Development  Lending.  The  Bank  originates  short-term
balloon  fixed-rate  construction  loans for the  development of residential and
commercial property. Construction and development loans are offered primarily to
experienced  local  developers  operating in the Bank's  market  area.  The Bank
currently  does not  originate  loans  secured by raw land.  The majority of the
Bank's  construction  and  development  loans  are  originated  to  finance  the
construction by developers of one- to four-family  residential  real estate and,
to a lesser extent,  multi-family and commercial real estate properties  located
in the Bank's primary market area. Construction loans are generally offered with
terms of up to 12 months and may be made in  amounts up to 80% of the  appraised
value of the property on multi-family  and commercial  real estate  construction
and 85% on one-  to  four-family  residential  construction.  Construction  loan
proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and
as inspections by the Bank's lending  officers  warrant.  At March 31, 1998, the
Bank's largest  construction  and development  loan was a performing loan with a
$1.0 million outstanding principal balance secured by a single-family  residence
located  in  Wellesley,  Massachusetts.  At March  31,  1998,  construction  and
development loans totalled $7.8 million (including  unadvanced loan amounts), or
3.4%, of the Bank's total loans. At March 31, 1998,  $2.3 million,  or 29.5%, of
construction and development  loans had permanent  financing  commitments by the
Bank or  third-parties or were secured by properties which were pre-sold pending
completion of the projects.

     The Bank also originates  construction and development  loans to individual
borrowers  for the  construction  of  single-family  owner-occupied  residential
properties  with  permanent  financing  commitments  by  the  Bank.  The  Bank's
underwriting  standards  and  procedures  for such  loans are  similar  to those
applicable for one- to four-family  residential  mortgage lending.  Proceeds for
such loans are disbursed as phases of the construction  are completed.  All such
loans  are  originated  as one-  to  four-family  interest-only  adjustable-rate
mortgage  loans.  Upon  completion  of the  construction,  such loans convert to
principal and interest over the  remaining  term. At March 31, 1998,  such loans
totalled $1.0 million,  or 12.8%, of all of the $7.8 million of construction and
development loans.

     Construction and development financing is generally considered to involve a
higher   degree  of  credit  risk  than   long-term   financing   on   improved,
owner-occupied  real estate.  Risk of loss on a  construction  loan is dependent
largely upon the  accuracy of the initial  estimate of the  property's  value at
completion  of  construction  or  development  compared  to the  estimated  cost
(including  interest)  of  construction  and other  assumptions,  including  the
estimated time to sell residential  properties.  If the estimate of value proves
to be inaccurate,  the Bank may be confronted  with a property,  when completed,
having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment.

     Consumer and Other Lending. Total consumer loans at March 31, 1998 amounted
to $7.5 million,  or 3.2%, of the Bank's total loans and consisted  primarily of
equity  lines of credit  and,  to a  significantly  lesser  extent,  secured and
unsecured  personal  loans and new and used  automobile  loans.  Such  loans are
generally originated in the Bank's primary market area and generally are secured
by real estate, deposit accounts, personal property and automobiles. These loans
are typically shorter term and generally have higher interest rates than one- to
four-family mortgage loans.

     The Bank has recently begun to offer equity lines of credit.  Substantially
all of these loans are secured by second  mortgages on  residential  real estate
located in the Bank's  primary  market  area.  At March 31,  1998,  these  

                                       8
<PAGE>

loans totalled $4.0 million, or 1.7%, of the Bank's total loans. Equity lines of
credit  generally have fixed-rates of interest for the initial six months of the
loan and  adjustable-rates  of  interest  thereafter  which  adjust on a monthly
basis. The  adjustable-rate  of interest charged on such loans is indexed to the
prime  rate as  reported  in The Wall  Street  Journal.  Equity  lines of credit
generally  have an 18% lifetime cap on interest rates and may never adjust to be
less than the initial interest rate. Generally, the combined LTV ratio on equity
lines of credit is 80% where the Bank possesses the first mortgage lien interest
and 75% when another lender possesses the first mortgage lien interest. However,
exceptions  may be made for  previous  customers of the Bank.  The  underwriting
standards   employed  by  the  Bank  for  equity  lines  of  credit   include  a
determination  of  the  applicant's  credit  history  and an  assessment  of the
applicant's  ability to meet existing  obligations  and payments on the proposed
loan and the value of the  collateral  securing the loan.  The  stability of the
applicant's  monthly income may be determined by  verification  of gross monthly
income from primary employment and, additionally,  from any verifiable secondary
income. Creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration.

     The Bank also  originates  other  types of  consumer  loans  consisting  of
secured and unsecured personal loans and new and used automobile loans.  Secured
personal loans may be secured by deposit  accounts or other forms of collateral.
At March 31, 1998,  personal  loans (both secured and  unsecured)  totalled $2.9
million, or 1.3%, of the Bank's total loans.

     Loans secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles or that are
unsecured  entail  greater risks than one- to four-family  residential  mortgage
loans.  In such  cases,  repossessed  collateral  for a  defaulted  loan may not
provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding  loan balance,  since
there is a greater likelihood of damage,  loss or depreciation of the underlying
collateral.  Further,  consumer loan collections on these loans are dependent on
the borrower's continuing financial stability and, therefore, are more likely to
be  adversely  affected by job loss,  divorce,  illness or personal  bankruptcy.
Finally,  the application of various federal and state laws,  including  federal
and state  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered on such loans in the event of a default.  At March 31, 1998,  the Bank
had six  consumer  loans 90 days or more  delinquent,  whose  balances  totalled
$28,000.

     At March 31, 1998, the Bank had one  outstanding  commercial loan which was
unsecured and had an outstanding principal balance of $43,000.

     Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.  The Board of Directors of the Bank
establishes the lending  policies of the Bank.  Such policies  provide that only
the Bank's  President and Executive Vice President may approve loans.  Any loans
approved by the President or Executive  Vice President are submitted to the full
Board of Directors  or the Bank's  Executive  Committee  for  ratification  on a
monthly basis.

Delinquent Loans, Classified Assets and Real Estate Owned

     Delinquencies  and  Classified  Assets.   Reports  listing  all  delinquent
accounts are  generated  and reviewed by  management  on a monthly basis and the
Board  of  Directors   performs  a  monthly  review  of  all  loans  or  lending
relationships  delinquent 90 days or more and all REO. The  procedures  taken by
the Bank with respect to delinquencies vary depending on the nature of the loan,
period  and  cause  of  delinquency  and  whether  the  borrower  is  habitually
delinquent. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank
takes a number of steps to have the borrower  cure the  delinquency  and restore
the loan to current  status.  The Bank  generally  sends the  borrower a written
notice of  non-payment  after the loan is first past due. The Bank's  guidelines
provide that telephone,  written correspondence and/or face-to-face contact will
be attempted  to  ascertain  the reasons for  delinquency  and the  prospects of
repayment.  When  contact  is made  with  the  borrower  at any  time  prior  to
foreclosure,  the Bank  usually  attempts  to obtain  full  payment,  work out a
repayment schedule with the borrower to avoid foreclosure or, in some instances,
accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure.  In the event payment is not then received
or the loan not otherwise  satisfied,  additional  letters and  telephone  calls
generally are made. If the loan is still not brought current or satisfied and it
becomes  necessary for the Bank to take legal  action,  which  typically  occurs
after a loan is 90 days or more delinquent,  



                                       9
<PAGE>


the Bank will commence  foreclosure  proceedings  against any real property that
secures the loan.  If a  foreclosure  action is  instituted  and the loan is not
brought current,  paid in full, or refinanced  before the foreclosure  sale, the
property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure and, if purchased by
the Bank, becomes real estate owned.

     Federal regulations and the Bank's Asset Classification Policy require that
the Bank utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting
problem and potential problem assets. The Bank has incorporated the OTS internal
asset  classifications  as a part of its  credit  monitoring  system.  The  Bank
currently  classifies  problem and potential  problem  assets as  "Substandard,"
"Doubtful"  or "Loss"  assets.  An asset is  considered  "substandard"  if it is
inadequately  protected  by the  current  net worth and paying  capacity  of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those
characterized by the "distinct  possibility"  that the insured  institution will
sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as
"Doubtful" have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified "Substandard"
with the added  characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make "collection or
liquidation in full," on the basis of currently  existing facts,  conditions and
values,  "highly  questionable and improbable."  Assets classified as "Loss" are
those considered "uncollectible" and of such little value that their continuance
as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
Assets which do not currently expose the insured  institution to sufficient risk
to warrant  classification in one of the  aforementioned  categories but possess
weaknesses are required to be designated "Special Mention."

     When an insured  institution  classifies  one or more  assets,  or portions
thereof,  as  Substandard  or  Doubtful,  it is required to  establish a general
valuation  allowance for loan losses in an amount deemed  prudent by management.
General  valuation   allowances   represent  loss  allowances  which  have  been
established to recognize the inherent risk associated  with lending  activities,
but which,  unlike  specific  allowances,  have not been allocated to particular
problem assets.  When an insured  institution  classifies one or more assets, or
portions  thereof,  as "Loss," it is  required  either to  establish  a specific
allowance  for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so  classified or
to charge off such amount.

     A  savings  institution's  determination  as to the  classification  of its
assets and the amount of its  valuation  allowances  is subject to review by the
OTS which can order the  establishment  of  additional  general or specific loss
allowances. The OTS, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has
adopted an  interagency  policy  statement on the  allowance  for loan and lease
losses.  The policy statement  provides  guidance for financial  institutions on
both the  responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of
adequate  allowances  and  guidance  for  banking  agency  examiners  to  use in
determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines.  Generally, the policy
statement  recommends that  institutions  have effective systems and controls to
identify,  monitor and address  asset  quality  problems;  that  management  has
analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio
in a reasonable manner; and that management has established acceptable allowance
evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.
Although management  believes that, based on information  currently available to
it at this time,  its allowance  for loan losses is adequate,  actual losses are
dependent  upon future  events and, as such,  further  additions to the level of
allowances for loan losses may become necessary.

     The Bank's  Classification  of Assets Committee  reviews and classifies the
Bank's  assets  on a  quarterly  basis and the Board of  Directors  reviews  the
results of the  reports on a  quarterly  basis.  The Bank  classifies  assets in
accordance with the management  guidelines  described  above. At March 31, 1998,
the Bank had $2.1 million,  or 0.7%, of total assets,  designated as Substandard
consisting of nine one- to four-family  mortgage loans, one consumer installment
loan and one land loan. At such date,  no loans were  designated as Doubtful (in
accordance with OTS  regulations).  Included in total classified assets at March
31, 1998, were $800,000 of assets classified as Substandard, which represent the
outstanding  balance of second  mortgage  loans  purchased by Union  Federal and
secured  by  properties   located   outside  the  Bank's  primary  market  area,
predominately in California and other  southwestern  states.  During early 1997,
such second mortgage loans experienced increased  delinquencies which caused the
Bank to  adversely  classify  the  entire  pool of such loans and  increase  its
provision for loan losses. To the extent  delinquencies  continue to increase in
such portfolio of loans, the Bank may establish additional reserves against such
loans  through  provisions  for loan losses or charge off portions of such loans
which would adversely affect the Company's net 


                                       10
<PAGE>



income.  As of March 31, 1998, the Bank had a total of eight one- to four-family
loans, one multi-family, two commercial real estate and one consumer installment
loan,  totaling $2.2 million,  designated as Special Mention. At March 31, 1998,
the  largest  loan  designated  as Special  Mention  had a  carrying  balance of
$528,000 and was secured by commercial  real estate.  At March 31, 1998,  all of
the  Bank's  classified  and  special  mention  assets  totalled  $3.3  million,
representing 1.4% of loans.

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  delinquencies  in the  Bank's  loan
portfolio as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     At March 31, 1998                                At March 31, 1997
                                       ---------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
                                            30-89 Days             90 Days or More         30-89 Days             90 Days or More
                                       --------------------    --------------------   --------------------    ----------------------
                                                  Principal               Principal               Principal               Principal
                                       Number      Balance      Number    Balance      Number      Balance     Number      Balance
                                       of Loans   of Loans      of Loans  of Loans     of Loans   of Loans     of Loans    of Loans
                                       --------  ----------    ---------- ---------   ---------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>    <C>               <C>    <C>            <C>      <C>              <C>   <C>   
Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family ...............        8     $  616             8     $1,258         14       $1,622           12    $1,499
  Multi-family ......................        1        699             1        254         --           --           --        --
  Commercial real estate ............       --         --             2        739          1          530           --        --
                                        ------     ------        ------     ------     ------       ------       ------    ------
    Total mortgage loans ............        9      1,315            11      2,251         15        2,152           12     1,499
                                        ------     ------        ------     ------     ------       ------       ------    ------
Consumer loans:                                                                                                 
  Equity lines ......................        1         45            --         --         --           --            1        40
  Other consumer loans ..............        5         37             6         28          3           13            2         7
                                        ------     ------        ------     ------     ------       ------       ------    ------
    Total consumer loans ............        6         82             6         28          3           13            3        47
                                        ------     ------        ------     ------     ------       ------       ------    ------
Total loans .........................       15     $1,397            17     $2,279         18       $2,165           15    $1,546
                                        ======     ======        ======     ======     ======       ======       ======    ======
Delinquent loans to loans, net ......                0.62%                    1.01%                   1.04%                  0.75%
                                                   ======                   ======                  ======                 ======


<CAPTION>
                                                 At March 31, 1996
                                       --------------------------------------
                                          30-89 Days          90 Days or More
                                          ----------          ---------------
                                                 Principal            Principal 
                                        Number   Balance    Number    Balance   
                                       of Loans  of Loans   of Loans  of Loans  
                                       --------  ---------  --------  ----------
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>    <C>            <C>   <C>   
Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family ..............      16     $1,521         15    $1,128
  Multi-family .....................      --         --         --        --
  Commercial real estate ...........       1        198         --        --
                                      ------     ------     ------    ------
    Total mortgage loans
                                          17      1,719        15      1,128
                                      ------     ------     ------    ------
Consumer loans:
  Other consumer loans .............       1         35          3        22
                                      ------     ------     ------    ------
    Total consumer loans ...........       1         35          3        22
                                      ------     ------     ------    ------
Total loans ........................      18     $1,754         18    $1,150
                                      ======     ======     ======    ======
Delinquent loans to loans, net .....               0.94%                0.62%
                                                 ======               ======  
</TABLE>

     Non-Performing  Assets and Impaired  Loans.  The following table sets forth
information regarding non-accrual loans and REO. At March 31, 1998, the Bank had
no REO in its portfolio. It is the policy of the Bank to cease accruing interest
on loans 90 days or more past due and to charge off all  accrued  interest.  For
the fiscal  years ended March 31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  the amount of interest
income that was recorded on non-accrual loans was $130,000, $78,000 and $23,000,
respectively.  For the fiscal  years ended March 31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  the
amount  of  additional  interest  income  that  would  have been  recognized  on
non-accrual  loans if such loans had  continued  to perform in  accordance  with
their  contractual  terms was $144,000,  $79,000 and $56,000,  respectively.  On
April 1, 1995,  the Bank  adopted  SFAS No. 114  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for
Impairment of a Loan" ("SFAS No. 114"), as

                                       11
<PAGE>

amended  by SFAS No.  118.  There were no loans  that met the  definition  of an
impaired  loan per SFAS No. 114 at or during the fiscal  years  ended  March 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            At March 31,
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1998           1997           1996           1995           1994
                                                                  ----           ----           ----           ----           ----
                                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>   
Non-accrual loans:
   Mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family .................................        $1,258         $1,499         $1,128         $  996         $2,056
    Multi-family ........................................           254             --             --             --             --
    Commercial real estate ..............................           739             --             --             --            360
    Construction and development ........................            --             --             --            158            632
                                                                 ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
      Total mortgage loans ..............................         2,251          1,499          1,128          1,154          3,048
                                                                 ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
  Consumer loans:
    Equity lines ........................................            --             40             --             --             --
    Other consumer loans ................................            28              7             22             18              7
                                                                 ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
      Total consumer loans ..............................            28             47             22             18              7
                                                                 ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
      Total nonaccrual loans ............................         2,279          1,546          1,150          1,172          3,055
Real estate owned, net ..................................            --             73             65             70            512
                                                                 ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
      Total non-performing assets(2) ....................        $2,279         $1,619         $1,215         $1,242         $3,567
                                                                 ======         ======         ======         ======         ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent ..................          1.10%          0.81%          0.94%          0.98%          1.35%
  of loans(1)
Allowance for loans losses as a percent
 of non-performing loans(2) .............................        110.27         109.12         154.26         155.72          81.18
Non-performing loans as a percent of
  loans(1)(2) ...........................................          1.00           0.74           0.61           0.63           1.66
Non-performing assets as a percent of
  total assets(3) .......................................          0.77           0.69           0.55           0.61           1.76
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Loans are presented before allowance for loan losses.

(2)  Non-performing  loans  consist  of all  loans 90 days or more  past due and
     other  loans  which  have  been   identified  by  the  Bank  as  presenting
     uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest or principal.

(3)  Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and REO.

     Allowance for Loan Losses.  The  allowance  for loan losses is  established
through a provision  for loan losses  based on  management's  evaluation  of the
risks inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy.  The allowance for
loan losses is maintained at an amount  management  considers  adequate to cover
estimated  losses on loans  which are deemed  probable  and  estimable  based on
information currently known to management.  The allowance is based upon a number
of factors,  including economic conditions,  actual loss experience and industry
trends. In addition,  various regulatory agencies,  as an integral part of their
examination  process,  periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses.
Such agencies may require the Bank to make  additional  provisions for estimated
loan losses based upon judgments different from those of management. The economy
in the Bank's primary market area suffered  significantly  in the late 1980s and
early 1990s. These adverse economic  conditions  negatively  affected the Bank's
loan  loss  and  delinquency  activities  and  led  to a  deterioration  of  the
collateral  values of the Bank's loans during those years. In more recent years,
the economy and real estate market in and around the greater Boston metropolitan
area has stabilized and begun to improve which has had a positive  impact on the
Bank's loan loss and delinquency activities and the value of properties securing
the Bank's loans. As of March 31, 1998, the Bank's allowance for loan losses was
1.10% of total  loans as compared  to 0.81% as of March 31,  1997.  The Bank had
non-accrual  loans of $2.3  million and $1.5 million at March 31, 1998 and March
31,  1997,  respectively.  The Bank will  continue  to  monitor  and  modify its
allowances for loan losses as conditions dictate.  While management believes the
Bank's  allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover losses  inherent in its
loan portfolio at this time, no assurances can be given that the Bank's level of
allowance for loan losses will be  sufficient  to cover loan losses  incurred by
the Bank or that future adjustments to

                                       12
<PAGE>


the  allowance  for loan losses  will not be  necessary  if  economic  and other
conditions differ  substantially  from the economic and other conditions used by
management to determine the current level of the allowance for loan losses. 

     The following  table sets forth  activity in the Bank's  allowance for loan
losses for the periods as indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           For the Year Ended March 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              1998        1997        1996        1995         1994
                                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------       ------
                                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>   
Balance at beginning of period .........................................     $1,687      $1,774      $1,825      $2,480      $1,792
                                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Provision for loan losses ..............................................        856         117           1           6         862
                                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Charge-offs:
  Mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family ................................................         49         225          94         241         219
    Commercial real estate .............................................         --          --          --         296         242
    Construction and development .......................................         --          --          --         145          --
  Consumer loans .......................................................         --          --          55           9          --
                                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
      Total charge-offs ................................................         49         225         149         691         461
                                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Recoveries .............................................................         19          21          97          30         287
                                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Balance at end of period ...............................................     $2,513      $1,687      $1,774      $1,825      $2,480
                                                                             ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans
  outstanding during the period ........................................       0.01%       0.10%       0.03%       0.36%       0.10%
                                                                             ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of loans(1) .....................       1.10%       0.81%       0.94%       0.98%       1.35%
                                                                             ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Allowance for loans losses as a percent of
 non-performing loans(2) ...............................................     110.27%     109.12%     154.26%     155.72%      81.18%
                                                                             ======      ======      ======      ======       ===== 

</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Loans are presented before deducting the allowance for loan losses.

(2)  Non-performing  loans  consist  of all  loans 90 days or more  past due and
     other  loans  which  have  been   identified  by  the  Bank  as  presenting
     uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest or principal.




                                       13
<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth the Bank's  percentage of allowance for loan
losses to total  allowance  for loan  losses  and the  percent of loans to total
loans in each of the categories listed at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              At March 31,
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1998                           1997                           1996
                                        --------------------------    --------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                           Percent                        Percent                          Percent
                                                           of Loans                       of Loans                         of Loans
                                               Percent of  in Each           Percent of   in Each             Percent of   in Each
                                               Allowance   Category          Allowance    Category            Allowance    Category
                                                to Total   to Total          to Total     to Total            to Total     to Total
                                       Amount  Allowance   Loans     Amount  Allowance    Loans     Amount    Allowance    Loans
                                       ------  ---------   -----     ------  ---------    -----     ------    ---------    -----
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Mortgage loans:                                                                          
     Residential ...................   $1,131    45.01%    81.35%    $  793    47.00%      85.63%    $  781      44.03%     88.53%
     Commercial real estate ........      955    38.00     15.39        523    31.00       12.00        514      28.97      10.05
                                       ------   ------    ------     ------   ------      ------     ------     ------     ------
         Total .....................    2,086    83.01     96.74      1,316    78.00       97.63      1,295      73.00      98.58
Commercial loans ...................       --       --      0.02         --       --        0.02         --         --         --
Consumer loans .....................       50     1.99      3.24         34     2.02        2.35         18       1.01       1.42
Unallocated ........................      377    15.00        --        337    19.98          --        461      25.99         --
                                       ------   ------    ------     ------   ------      ------     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                                               

Total allowance for loan losses ....   $2,513   100.00%   100.00%    $1,687   100.00%     100.00%    $1,774     100.00%    100.00%
                                       ======   ======    ======     ======   ======      ======     ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 At March 31,
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1995                                         1994
                                            ----------------------------------------   --------------------------------------------
                                                                           Percent                                        Percent
                                                                           of Loans                                      of Loans
                                                            Percent of     in Each                      Percent of        in Each
                                                            Allowance      Category                     Allowance        Category
                                                             to Total      to Total                      to Total        to Total
                                               Amount       Allowance       Loans         Amount        Allowance          Loans
                                            ------------  -------------   ----------   ------------    -----------      -----------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>   
Mortgage loans:
     Residential .........................     $1,022         56.00%         89.39%        $  992         40.00%            87.55%
     Commercial real estate ..............        420         23.01           9.49          1,017         41.01             11.40
                                               ------        ------         ------         ------        ------             ------
         Total ...........................      1,442         79.01          98.88          2,009         81.01             98.95
Commercial loans .........................         --            --             --             --            --                --
Consumer loans ...........................         18          0.99           1.12             25          1.01              1.05
Unallocated ..............................        365         20.00             --            446         17.98                --
                                               ------        ------         ------         ------        ------            ------

Total allowance for loan losses ..........     $1,825        100.00%        100.00%        $2,480        100.00%           100.00%
                                               ======        ======         ======         ======        ======            ======
</TABLE>


     Real Estate  Owned.  At March 31, 1998 and March 31, 1997,  the Bank had $0
and  $73,000  of REO,  respectively.  When the Bank  acquires  property  through
foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  it is  initially  recorded at the
lower of the recorded  investment in the corresponding loan or the fair value of
the related assets at the date of foreclosure,  less costs to sell.  Thereafter,
if there is a further  deterioration  in value, the Bank provides for a specific
valuation  allowance and charges  operations for the diminution in value.  It is
the policy of the Bank to have obtained an appraisal on all real estate  subject
to foreclosure  proceedings  prior to the time of foreclosure.  It is the Bank's
policy to require  appraisals on a periodic  basis on foreclosed  properties and
conduct inspections on foreclosed properties.


                                       14
<PAGE>


Securities Investment Activities

     Federally-chartered  savings  institutions  have the authority to invest in
various types of liquid assets,  including  United States Treasury  obligations,
securities of various federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured banks
and  savings  institutions,  bankers'  acceptances,  repurchase  agreements  and
federal  funds.  Subject to various  restrictions,  federally-chartered  savings
institutions may also invest their assets in commercial paper,  investment-grade
corporate  debt  securities  and  mutual  funds  whose  assets  conform  to  the
investments  that  a   federally-chartered   savings  institution  is  otherwise
authorized to make directly. Additionally, the Bank must maintain minimum levels
of   investments   that  qualify  as  liquid   assets  under  OTS   regulations.
Historically,  the Bank has  maintained  liquid  assets  above the  minimum  OTS
requirements  and at a level  considered to be adequate to meet its normal daily
activities.

     The  investment  policy of the Bank, as approved by the Board of Directors,
requires management to maintain adequate liquidity and a high quality investment
portfolio.  The Bank primarily utilizes  investments in securities for liquidity
management and as a method of deploying excess funds not utilized for investment
in loans.  Generally,  the Bank's investment policy is more restrictive than the
OTS regulations allow and, accordingly,  the Bank has invested primarily in U.S.
Government and agency  securities,  which qualify as liquid assets under the OTS
regulations,   federal  funds  and  U.S.  Government   sponsored  agency  issued
mortgage-backed  securities.  The Bank is required by SFAS No. 115 to categorize
its securities as held-to-maturity,  available-for-sale  or held for trading. As
of March 31, 1998,  the Bank's  securities  portfolio  consisted  of  investment
securities,    marketable    equity   securities   and    mortgage-backed    and
mortgage-related   securities.  The  held-to-maturity  portfolio  totalled  $4.3
million,  or  1.5%  of  total  assets,  and  the  available-for-sale  securities
portfolio totalled $6.5 million, or 2.2% of total assets.

     As of March 31, 1998, $7.4 million,  or 2.5% of total assets, of the Bank's
securities  portfolio  consisted  of  investment   securities,   primarily  debt
securities issued by the U. S. Government or government sponsored agencies (such
as the FHLB) and marketable equity  securities,  primarily  consisting of mutual
fund securities and common stock issued by  government-sponsored  agencies.  The
Bank generally invests in U.S.  Treasury and agency  obligations with maturities
of 24 to 60 months.  The weighted  average  maturities of the Bank's  investment
securities portfolio, excluding any equity securities, was 33 months as of March
31, 1998.

     At  March  31,  1998,  the Bank had $2.3  million  of  mortgage-backed  and
mortgage-related securities, or 0.8% of total assets, substantially all of which
were backed by  fixed-rate  mortgages  and which  consisted  of  mortgage-backed
securities and collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") insured or issued by
Ginnie Mae  ("GNMA"),  Freddie  Mac  ("FHLMC"),  Fannie Mae  ("FNMA") or private
issuers, such as Countrywide Mortgage Corp., GE Capital Mortgage Services,  Inc.
and Independent  Mortgage Corp. The Bank generally invests in mortgage-backed or
mortgage-related  securities  with estimated  maturities of 18 to 36 months.  At
March 31, 1998, the weighted average estimated  maturity of its  mortgage-backed
and  mortgage-related   securities  portfolio  was  23  months.  Investments  in
mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities  involve a risk  that  actual
prepayments  will be greater  than  estimated  prepayments  over the life of the
security,  which may require  adjustments to the  amortization of any premium or
accretion of any discount relating to such instruments  thereby changing the net
yield on such securities.  There is also  reinvestment  risk associated with the
cash flows from such  securities or in the event such securities are redeemed by
the issuer.  In addition,  the market value of such  securities may be adversely
affected by changes in interest  rates.  While  investments in privately  issued
mortgage-backed  securities  generally  bear yields higher than  mortgage-backed
securities  insured by  government  sponsored  agencies,  they involve a greater
degree of risk  than  those  issued by  government  sponsored  agencies  as such
securities are not insured or guaranteed by such government  sponsored agencies.
CMOs  are a type of debt  security  issued  by a  special  purpose  entity  that
aggregates  pools  of  mortgages  and  mortgage-backed  securities  and  creates
different  classes of CMO securities  with varying  maturities and  amortization
schedules  as well as a  residual  interest,  with  each  class,  or  "tranche,"
possessing  different risk  characteristics.  A particular  tranche of CMOs may,
therefore,  carry  prepayment risk that differs from that of both the underlying
collateral  and other  tranches.  CMO tranches  purchased by the Bank attempt to
moderate reinvestment risk associated with mortgage-backed  securities resulting
from  unexpected  prepayment  activities.   All  of  the  Bank's  investment  in
mortgage-backed  and   mortgage-related   securities  at  March  31,  1998  were
categorized as held-to-maturity.

 
                                       15
<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized
cost and fair value of the Bank's securities at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        At March 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1998                       1997                        1996
                                                      ---------------------       ----------------------     -----------------------
                                                                                                                    
                                                      Amortized       Fair        Amortized       Fair       Amortized        Fair
                                                        Cost          Value          Cost         Value         Cost          Value
                                                        ----          -----          ----         -----         ----          -----
                                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>    
Held-to-maturity:
  Investment securities ........................       $ 2,001       $ 1,999       $10,303       $10,129       $12,304       $12,152
  Mortgage-backed and mortgage-
     related securities ........................         2,271         2,275         3,250         3,177         3,877         3,866
                                                       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
    Total held-to-maturity .....................         4,272         4,274        13,553        13,306        16,181        16,018
Available-for-sale(1) ..........................         5,391         6,523         2,250         2,903         2,639         3,286
                                                       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
    Total securities ...........................       $ 9,663       $10,797       $15,803       $16,209       $18,820       $19,304
                                                       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Consists of marketable equity securities.


     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized
cost  and  fair  values  of  the  Bank's  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related
securities,  all of which  were  classified  as  held-to-maturity  at the  dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                At March 31,
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998                         1997                          1996
                                         ----------------------------   ---------------------------   ----------------------------  
                                                    Percent                         Percent                      Percent    
                                         Amortized    of       Fair     Amortized     of      Fair    Amortized    of        Fair
                                            Cost    Total(1)   Value      Cost      Total(1)  Value     Cost     Total(1)    Value
                                            ----    --------   -----      ----      --------  -----     ----     --------    -----
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>   
Mortgage-backed and                                                                                                                
  mortgage-related                                                                                                                 
  securities:                                                                                                                      
  Fixed rate:
    GNMA ..............................    $  383    16.86%    $  383    $  529     16.28%   $ 529    $  717     18.49%     $  732
    FHLMC .............................       183     8.06        185       239      7.35      239       303      7.82         315
    CMOs ..............................     1,705    75.08      1,707     2,419     74.43    2,345     2,793     72.04       2,756
                                           ------   ------     ------    ------    ------   ------    ------    ------      ------
      Total fixed rate ................     2,271   100.00      2,275     3,187     98.06    3,113     3,813     98.35       3,803
  Adjustable rate:
    FNMA ..............................        --      --          --        63      1.94       64        64      1.65          63
                                           ------   ------     ------    ------    ------   ------    ------    ------      ------
Total mortgage-backed
  and mortgage-related
  securities ..........................    $2,271   100.00%    $2,275    $3,250    100.00%  $3,177    $3,877    100.00%     $3,866
                                           ======   ======     ======    ======    ======   ======    ======    ======      ======
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Based on amortized cost.


                                       16
<PAGE>



     The   following   table   sets  forth  the   Bank's   mortgage-backed   and
mortgage-related securities activities for the periods indicated.


                                          For the Year Ended March 31,
                                          ----------------------------
                                         1998        1997        1996
                                         ----        ----        ----
                                                 (In Thousands)

         Beginning balance ...........   $ 3,250    $ 3,877    $ 1,703
           Principal repayments ......      (973)      (631)      (355)
           Purchases .................        --         --      2,522
           Accretion of discount and          
            amortization of (premium).        (6)         4          7
                                         -------    -------    -------
         Ending balance ..............   $ 2,271    $ 3,250    $ 3,877
                                         =======    =======    =======


     The table  below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  carrying
amount,  weighted  average yields and contractual  maturities of the Bank's debt
securities,  all of which were  classified as  held-to-maturity  as of March 31,
1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          At March 31, 1998
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             More than          More than       
                                                              One Year          Five Years        More than Ten         
                                        One Year or Less    to Five Years      to Ten Years          Years              Total
                                        ----------------  ----------------   ----------------   -----------------  -----------------
                                                 Weighted          Weighted           Weighted           Weighted           Weighted
                                        Carrying  Average Carrying  Average  Carrying  Average  Carrying  Average  Carrying  Average
                                         Amount    Yield   Amount    Yield    Amount    Yield    Amount    Yield    Amount    Yield
                                         ------    -----   ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>  
Debt securities:
  Investment securities(1) ...........   $2,001    5.12%   $   --     --%     $   --     --%     $   --     --%     $2,001    5.12%
  Mortgage-backed and                                                                                                        
     mortgage-related securities:                                                                                            
    Fixed-rate:                                                                                                              
      GNMA ...........................       --      --        --      --        383    8.00         --      --        383    8.00
      FHLMC ..........................       --      --        48    9.50         67    8.00         68    8.50        183    8.57
      CMOs ...........................       --      --        --      --         --      --      1,705    6.93      1,705    6.93
                                         ------            ------             ------             ------             ------    
Total debt securities ................   $2,001    5.12%   $   48    9.50%    $  450    8.00%    $1,773    6.99%    $4,272    6.25%
                                         ======    ====    ======    ====     ======    ====     ======    ====     ======    ====
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Consists of U.S. Treasury and government agency obligations.


Sources of Funds

     General. Deposits, loan repayments and prepayments,  proceeds from sales of
loans,  cash flows  generated from  operations and FHLB advances are the primary
sources of the Bank's funds for use in lending,  investing and for other general
purposes.

     Deposits.  The Bank  offers a variety of deposit  accounts  with a range of
interest  rates and terms.  The Bank's  deposits  consist of business  checking,
money market,  savings, NOW and certificate  accounts.  For the year ended March
31,  1998,  the  average  balance of core  deposits  represented  46.5% of total
average  deposits.  The flow of deposits is influenced  significantly by general
economic  conditions,  changes in money market rates,  prevailing interest rates
and competition.  The Bank's deposits are obtained  predominantly from the areas
surrounding its branch offices.  The Bank has  historically  relied primarily on
providing a higher  level of customer  service and  long-standing  relationships
with customers to attract and retain these  deposits;  however,  market interest
rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect
the Bank's  ability to attract and retain  deposits.  The Bank uses  traditional
means of advertising its deposit products,  including print media, and generally
does not solicit deposits from

                                       17

<PAGE>



outside its market area.  While the Bank does not actively  solicit  certificate
accounts in excess of $100,000 or use brokers to obtain  deposits,  the Bank may
solicit, from time-to-time,  such deposits depending upon market conditions. The
Bank offers negotiated rates on some of its certificate  accounts.  At March 31,
1998, $109.7 million, or 52.8%, of total deposits were certificate accounts with
a weighted average remaining  maturity of 10 months. The Bank has experienced an
increase in certificate  accounts since 1996,  from an average  balance of $92.9
million, or 53.6%, of average deposits, for 1996 to $107.8 million, or 53.4%, of
average  deposits,  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  1998.  Such  increase  in
certificate  accounts is due to offering new  competitively  priced  certificate
account products which, in part,  resulted in an increase in the average cost of
certificates  of deposit  from 5.62% for fiscal 1997 to 5.65% for the year ended
March 31,  1998.  For the year ended  March 31,  1998,  certificate  accounts in
excess of $100,000 increased $1.7 million, or 12.9%, from $13.2 million to $14.9
million.  Further  increases  in  certificate  accounts,  which  tend to be more
sensitive to movements in market  interest rates than core deposits,  may result
in the Bank's  deposit base being less stable than if it had a larger  amount of
core deposits which, in turn, may result in further increases in the Bank's cost
of deposits and may adversely affect net interest income in future periods.

     The  following  table  presents  the  deposit  activity of the Bank for the
periods indicated:


                                                      For the Year Ended
                                                            March 31,
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                  1998        1997        1996
                                                 -------     -------     -------
                                                         (In Thousands)

Net deposits ...............................     $ 1,727     $   854     $ 1,660
Interest credited on deposit accounts ......       8,994       8,272       7,936
                                                 -------     -------     -------
Total increase in deposit accounts .........     $10,721     $ 9,126     $ 9,596
                                                 =======     =======     =======


     At March 31, 1998,  the Bank had $14.9 million in  certificate  accounts in
amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:


                                                                      Weighted
                                                                       Average
Maturity Period                                        Amount           Rate
- ---------------                                        ------         --------
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)

3 months or less .............................        $ 6,675           5.59%
Over 3 through 6 months ......................          3,779           5.65
Over 6 through 12 months .....................          2,276           5.75
Over 12 months ...............................          2,146           6.39
                                                      -------
      Total ..................................        $14,876           5.75%
                                                      =======           ====


                                       18

<PAGE>



     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  average
deposit  accounts for the periods  indicated and the weighted  average  interest
rates on each category of deposits presented. Averages for the periods presented
utilize month-end balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       For the Year Ended March 31,
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1998                          1997                             1996
                                      ------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                  Percent                       Percent                         Percent 
                                                 of Total   Weighted            of Total    Weighted            of Total    Weighted
                                      Average     Average    Average  Average   Average      Average  Average    Average     Average
                                      Balance    Deposits     Rate    Balance   Deposits      Rate    Balance   Deposits      Rate
                                      -------    --------   --------  -------   --------    --------  -------   --------    --------
                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>         <C>    <C>          <C>          <C>
Demand deposits ...................   $    257      0.13%       --%  $    132      0.07%       --%  $    165      0.10%         --%
Money market accounts .............     43,019     21.32      3.91     34,839     18.37      4.12     29,972     17.30        4.28
Regular savings accounts ..........     29,167     14.46      2.83     30,863     16.27      2.14     31,560     18.20        2.14
NOW accounts ......................     21,494     10.65      1.81     20,835     10.99      1.85     18,727     10.81        2.05
                                      --------    ------             --------    ------             --------    ------            
    Total .........................     93,937     46.56      3.08     86,669     45.70      2.86     80,424     46.41        2.91
                                      --------    ------             --------    ------             --------    ------            
Certificate accounts(1)(2):                                                                                                  
  Less than 6 months ..............      4,981      2.47      5.32     24,744     13.05      5.13     24,448     14.11        5.39
  Over 6 through 12 months ........     69,005     34.20      5.54     48,117     25.37      5.54     40,997     23.66        5.88
  Over 12 through                                                                                                            
    36 months .....................     21,715     10.76      5.75     25,360     13.36      5.95     23,615     13.63        5.73
  Over 36 months ..................     12,119      6.01      6.52      4,774      2.52      6.85      3,792      2.19        7.05
                                      --------    ------             --------    ------             --------    ------            
    Total certificate                                                                                                        
      accounts ....................    107,820     53.44      5.65    102,995     54.30      5.62     92,852     53.59        6.02
                                      --------    ------             --------    ------             --------    ------            
    Total average deposits ........   $201,757    100.00%     4.46%  $189,664    100.00%     4.36%  $173,276    100.00%       4.58%
                                      ========    ======             ========    ======             ========    ======            
</TABLE>                                                         
- ----------

(1)  Based on remaining maturity of certificates.

(2)  Includes retirement accounts such as IRA and Keogh accounts.


     The  following  table  presents by various rate  categories,  the amount of
certificate  accounts  outstanding  at the dates  indicated  and the  periods to
maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at March 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Period to Maturity from March 31, 1998
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Less        One      Two        Three      Four        More                             
                                      than        to        to         to         to         than             At March 31,    
                                      One         Two      Three      Four       Five        Five     ------------------------------
                                      Year       Years     Years      Years      Years       Years      1998       1997       1996
                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Certificate accounts:
    0 to 4.00% ..................   $    326   $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --   $    326   $    197   $    790
    4.01% to 5.00% ..............        350         13         --         --         --         --        363      1,912     12,400
    5.01% to 6.00% ..............     84,776      8,142      1,662        265        251         --     95,096     93,782     64,157
    6.01% to 7.00% ..............      3,372      3,763        634      1,466      1,477         25     10,737      6,520     20,883
    7.01% to 8.00% ..............        418      1,080      1,512         --        117         --      3,127      3,611      3,893
    8.01% to 9.00% ..............          1         --         --         --         --         --          1          1          1
                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
        Total ...................   $ 89,243   $ 12,998   $  3,808   $  1,731   $  1,845   $     25   $109,650   $106,023   $102,124
                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

     Borrowings.  As part of its operating strategy,  the Bank utilizes advances
from the FHLB as an alternative to retail deposits to fund its  operations.  The
Bank has recently  increased its emphasis on the  utilization of FHLB borrowings
to fund its asset growth,  primarily its origination of adjustable-rate  one- to
four-family  loans.  By utilizing  FHLB advances,  which possess  varying stated
maturities,  the Bank  can meet its  liquidity  needs  without  otherwise  being
dependent upon retail  deposits and revising its deposit rates to attract retail
deposits, which have no stated


                                       19

<PAGE>



maturities  (except  for  certificates  of  deposit),  which are  interest  rate
sensitive and which are subject to withdrawal  from the Bank at any time.  These
FHLB  advances are  collateralized  primarily by certain of the Bank's  mortgage
loans and mortgage-backed securities and secondarily by the Bank's investment in
capital stock of the FHLB. FHLB advances are made pursuant to several  different
credit  programs,  each  of  which  has its  own  interest  rate  and  range  of
maturities.   The  maximum   amount  that  the  FHLB  will   advance  to  member
institutions,  including the Bank,  fluctuates  from  time-to-time in accordance
with the policies of the FHLB. At March 31, 1998,  the Bank had $20.0 million in
outstanding  advances  from the FHLB and $2.2  million  in other  borrowings  as
compared to $14.5 million and $1.1 million at March 31, 1997, respectively.

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At or For the Year Ended
                                                                                         March 31,
                                                                      -----------------------------------------------
                                                                        1998                1997                1996
                                                                      -------             -------             -------
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                   <C>                 <C>                 <C>    
FHLB advances:
   Average balance outstanding ..................................     $21,102             $16,813             $ 7,786
   Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
      during the period .........................................      25,000              25,500              11,650
   Balance outstanding at end of period .........................      20,000              14,500              11,650
   Weighted average interest rate during the period .............        5.72%               5.63%               6.25%
   Weighted average interest rate at end of period ..............        5.13%               5.46%               5.36%
Other borrowed funds(1):
   Average balance outstanding ..................................     $ 2,053             $   926             $   743
   Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
      during the period .........................................       3,144               2,214               1,313
   Balance outstanding at end of period .........................       2,176               1,065               1,048
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Represents noninterest-bearing credit balance on the FHLB-Boston account.


                                       20
<PAGE>



                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

     The  Company,  as a savings and loan holding  company,  is required to file
certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the
Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended
(the "HOLA"). In addition,  the activities of savings institutions,  such as the
Bank,  are  governed by the HOLA and the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act ("FDI
Act").

     The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by
the OTS, as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC, as the deposit insurer.
The Bank is a member  of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB")  System  and its
deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Savings  Association
Insurance Fund ("SAIF") managed by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the
OTS and the FDIC  concerning its activities and financial  condition in addition
to obtaining  regulatory  approvals prior to entering into certain  transactions
such as mergers with, or acquisitions  of, other savings  institutions.  The OTS
and/or the FDIC  conduct  periodic  examinations  to test the Bank's  safety and
soundness and compliance with various regulatory  requirements.  This regulation
and supervision  establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an
institution  can engage and is  intended  primarily  for the  protection  of the
insurance  fund  and  depositors.   The  regulatory  structure  also  gives  the
regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory
and enforcement  activities and examination  policies,  including  policies with
respect to the  classification  of assets and the establishment of adequate loan
loss  reserves  for  regulatory   purposes.   Any  change  in  such   regulatory
requirements and policies,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the Congress,  could
have a material  adverse impact on the Company,  the Bank and their  operations.
Certain of the regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company
are  referred  to  below or  elsewhere  herein.  The  description  of  statutory
provisions and regulations  applicable to savings institutions and their holding
companies  set  forth in this  Form  10-K  does  not  purport  to be a  complete
description of such statutes and  regulations  and their effects on the Bank and
the Company.

Holding Company Regulation

     The Company is a  nondiversified  unitary  savings and loan holding company
within the meaning of the HOLA. As a unitary  savings and loan holding  company,
the Company  generally is not restricted  under existing laws as to the types of
business activities in which it may engage,  provided that the Bank continues to
be  a  qualified  thrift  lender  ("QTL").   See  "Federal  Savings  Institution
Regulation - QTL Test." Upon any  non-supervisory  acquisition by the Company of
another  savings  institution  or  savings  bank that  meets the QTL test and is
deemed  to be a savings  institution  by the OTS,  the  Company  would  become a
multiple  savings and loan holding company (if the acquired  institution is held
as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to extensive  limitations on the
types of  business  activities  in which it could  engage.  The HOLA  limits the
activities of a multiple  savings and loan holding  company and its  non-insured
institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities  permissible for bank holding
companies  under  Section  4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding  Company Act ("BHC Act"),
subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and certain  activities  authorized by
OTS  regulation,  and no multiple  savings and loan holding  company may acquire
more than 5% the voting stock of a company engaged in impermissible activities.

     The  HOLA  prohibits  a  savings  and loan  holding  company,  directly  or
indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring more than 5% of
the voting stock of another  savings  institution  or holding  company  thereof,
without prior written approval of the OTS or acquiring or retaining control of a
depository   institution  that  is  not  insured  by  the  FDIC.  In  evaluating
applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions,  the OTS must
consider the financial  and  managerial  resources  and future  prospects of the
company and institution  involved,  the effect of the acquisition on the risk to
the insurance  funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive
factors.


                                       21
<PAGE>


     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan holding company  controlling  savings  institutions in
more than one state,  subject to two exceptions:  (i) the approval of interstate
supervisory  acquisitions  by savings and loan  holding  companies  and (ii) the
acquisition  of a savings  institution in another state if the laws of the state
of the target savings  institution  specifically  permit such acquisitions.  The
states  vary in the  extent to which they  permit  interstate  savings  and loan
holding company acquisitions.

     Although  savings and loan  holding  companies  are not subject to specific
capital  requirements  or specific  restrictions  on the payment of dividends or
other capital distributions, HOLA does prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary
savings  institutions as described  below.  The Bank must notify the OTS 30 days
before declaring any dividend to the Company. In addition,  the financial impact
of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated
by the OTS and the agency has  authority  to order  cessation of  activities  or
divestiture of subsidiaries  deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness
of the institution.

Federal Savings Institution Regulation

     Capital   Requirements.   The  OTS  capital   regulations  require  savings
institutions to meet three minimum capital  standards:  a 1.5% tangible  capital
ratio, a 3% leverage (core) capital ratio and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In
addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish,
in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard,  a 4% leverage (core) capital
ratio (3% for institutions  receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS financial
institution  rating system),  and, together with the risk-based capital standard
itself,  a 4% Tier I  risk-based  capital  standard.  Core capital is defined as
common stockholders' equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative
perpetual preferred stock and related surplus,  and minority interests in equity
accounts  of  consolidated  subsidiaries  less  intangibles  other than  certain
mortgage  servicing  rights and credit card  relationships.  The OTS regulations
also require  that,  in meeting the  tangible,  leverage  (core) and  risk-based
capital  standards,  institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans
to subsidiaries  engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for
a national bank.

     The  risk-based  capital  standard  for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of Tier I (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital
and  supplementary  capital)  to  risk-weighted  assets  of at  least 4% and 8%,
respectively.  In determining the amount of  risk-weighted  assets,  all assets,
including  certain  off-balance  sheet assets,  are  multiplied by a risk-weight
factor of 0% to 100%,  as assigned by the OTS  capital  regulation  based on the
risks OTS believes are inherent in the type of asset.  The  components of Tier I
(core)  capital are  equivalent to those  discussed  earlier.  The components of
supplementary  capital currently include cumulative  preferred stock,  long-term
perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible  securities,  subordinated debt
and  intermediate  preferred  stock and the  allowance for loan and lease losses
limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted  assets.  Overall,  the amount of
supplementary  capital  included as part of total capital  cannot exceed 100% of
core capital.

     The OTS regulatory  capital  requirements also incorporate an interest rate
risk  component.  Savings  institutions  with "above normal"  interest rate risk
exposure  are  subject  to a  deduction  from  total  capital  for  purposes  of
calculating  their  risk-based  capital  requirements.  A savings  institution's
interest rate risk is measured by the decline in the net portfolio  value of its
assets (i.e., the difference between incoming and outgoing discounted cash flows
from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts) that would result from
a  hypothetical  200 basis point  increase or decrease in market  interest rates
divided  by the  estimated  economic  value  of  the  institution's  assets.  In
calculating  its total  capital  under the  risk-based  capital  rule, a savings
institution whose measured interest rate risk exposure exceeds 2% must deduct an
amount equal to one-half of the difference  between the  institution's  measured
interest rate risk and 2%,  multiplied by the  estimated  economic  value of the
institution's  assets.  The  Director  of the OTS may  waive or defer a  savings
institution's  interest rate risk component on a  case-by-case  basis. A savings
institution with assets of less than $300 million and risk-based  capital ratios
in excess of 12% is not subject to the interest rate risk component,  unless the
OTS  determines   otherwise.   For  the  present  time,  the  OTS  has  deferred
implementation of the interest rate risk component.  At March 31, 1998, the Bank
met each of its capital requirements.


                                       22
<PAGE>


     The following table presents the Bank's capital position at March 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  Capital
                                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                 Actual            Required                                 
                                                 Capital            Capital            Excess             Actual           Required
                                                 -------           --------            -------            ------           --------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>  
Tangible ...............................         $39,034            $ 4,399            $34,635            13.31%             1.50%
Core (Leverage) ........................         $39,034            $11,732            $27,302            13.31%             4.00%
Risk-based .............................         $40,991            $12,494            $28,497            26.25%             8.00%
</TABLE>

     Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Under the OTS prompt corrective action
regulations,  the OTS is required to take certain  supervisory  actions  against
undercapitalized   institutions,   the  severity  of  which   depends  upon  the
institution's degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a savings institution is
considered  "well  capitalized"  if its ratio of total capital to  risk-weighted
assets is at least  10%,  its ratio of Tier I (core)  capital  to  risk-weighted
assets is at least 6%, its ratio of core capital to total assets is at least 5%,
and it is not  subject to any order or  directive  by the OTS to meet a specific
capital  level.  A  savings  institution  generally  is  considered  "adequately
capitalized" if its ratio of total capital to  risk-weighted  assets is at least
8%, its ratio of Tier I (core) capital to  risk-weighted  assets is at least 4%,
and its  ratio  of core  capital  to  total  assets  is at  least  4% (3% if the
institution  receives the highest CAMELS rating). A savings institution that has
a ratio of total  capital  to risk  weighted  assets of less than 8%, a ratio of
Tier I (core) capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of core
capital to total  assets of less than 4% (3% or less for  institutions  with the
highest  examination rating) is considered to be  "undercapitalized."  A savings
institution  that has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio less than 6%, a Tier 1
capital  ratio  of less  than 3% or a  leverage  ratio  that is less  than 3% is
considered to be "significantly undercapitalized" and a savings institution that
has a tangible  capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be
"critically  undercapitalized."  Subject  to a  narrow  exception,  the  banking
regulator is required to appoint a receiver or  conservator  for an  institution
that is  "critically  undercapitalized."  The  regulation  also  provides that a
capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a
savings   institution   receives   notice   that   it   is   "undercapitalized,"
"significantly  undercapitalized" or "critically  undercapitalized."  Compliance
with the plan must be guaranteed  by any parent  holding  company.  In addition,
numerous  mandatory  supervisory  actions  become  immediately  applicable to an
undercapitalized   institution,   including,   but  not  limited  to,  increased
monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth,  capital  distributions and
expansion.  The OTS  could  also  take  any  one of a  number  of  discretionary
supervisory  actions,  including  the  issuance of a capital  directive  and the
replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

     Insurance of Deposit  Accounts.  Deposits of the Bank are presently insured
by the SAIF.  On September 30, 1996,  the President  signed into law the Deposit
Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act") which, among other things, imposed
a special one-time assessment on SAIF member  institutions,  including the Bank,
to  recapitalize  the SAIF.  The SAIF was  undercapitalized  due  primarily to a
statutory  requirement  that SAIF members  make  payments on bonds issued in the
late 1980s by the Financing Corporation ("FICO") to recapitalize the predecessor
to the SAIF. As required by the Funds Act, the FDIC imposed a special assessment
of 65.7 basis  points on SAIF  assessable  deposits  held as of March 31,  1995,
payable  November  27, 1996 (the "SAIF  Special  Assessment").  The SAIF Special
Assessment  was  recognized  by the  Bank as an  expense  in the  quarter  ended
September 30, 1996 and was generally tax deductible. The SAIF Special Assessment
recorded by the Bank amounted to $1.1 million on a pre-tax basis.

     The Funds Act also  spreads the  obligations  for payment of the FICO bonds
across all SAIF and Bank  Insurance  Fund ("BIF")  members.  The BIF is the fund
which primarily insures commercial bank deposits.  Beginning on January 1, 1997,
BIF deposits were assessed for a FICO payment of approximately 1.3 basis points,
while SAIF deposits paid  approximately 6.4 basis points.  Full pro rata sharing
of the FICO  payments  between BIF and SAIF members will occur on the earlier of
January 1, 2000 or the date the BIF and SAIF are merged. The Funds Act


                                       23
<PAGE>


specifies  that the BIF and SAIF will be merged on January 1, 1999,  provided no
savings associations remain as of that time.

     As a result of the Funds  Act,  the FDIC  voted to  effectively  lower SAIF
assessments to 0 to 27 basis points as of January 1, 1997, a range comparable to
that of BIF members.  The FDIC reviews the  assessment  rate  semi-annually  and
currently has maintained  the 0 to 27 basis point range.  SAIF members will also
continue to make the FICO payments  described above.  Management  cannot predict
the level of FDIC  insurance  assessments  on an  on-going  basis,  whether  the
savings  association charter will be eliminated or whether the BIF and SAIF will
eventually be merged.

     The Bank's  assessment  rate for fiscal  year 1998 ranged from 6.25 to 6.28
basis points and the premium paid for this period was  $125,000.  A  significant
increase in SAIF  insurance  premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the
operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank.

     Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon
a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in
an unsafe or unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or has  violated  any
applicable law, regulation,  rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the
OTS.  The  management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition or
violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

     Thrift  Rechartering  Legislation.  The Funds Act provides that the BIF and
SAIF will merge on January 1, 1999 if there are no more savings  associations as
of that date. Various proposals to eliminate the federal thrift charter,  create
a  uniform  financial  institutions  charter  and  abolish  the  OTS  have  been
introduced in Congress. Some bills would require federal savings institutions to
convert to a national  bank or some type of state  charter by a  specified  date
under some bills, or they would automatically  become national banks. Under some
proposals,  converted  federal  thrifts  would  generally be required to conform
their  activities to those permitted for the charter selected and divestiture of
nonconforming  assets would be required  over a two year period,  subject to two
possible one year  extensions.  State chartered  thrifts would become subject to
the same federal  regulation as applies to state commercial banks. A more recent
bill passed by the House Banking  Committee would allow savings  institutions to
continue to exercise  activities  being  conducted  when they  convert to a bank
regardless  of whether a national  bank could  engage in the  activity.  Holding
companies for savings  institutions  would become subject to the same regulation
as  holding   companies  that  control   commercial  banks,  with  some  limited
grandfathering,  including  savings and loan  holding  company  activities.  The
grandfathering  would be lost under  certain  circumstances  such as a change in
control of the company.  The Bank is unable to predict whether such  legislation
would be  enacted  or the  extent to which the  legislation  would  restrict  or
disrupt its operations.

     Loans to One Borrower.  Under the HOLA, savings  institutions are generally
subject to the limits on loans to one  borrower  applicable  to national  banks.
Generally, savings institutions may not make a loan or extend credit to a single
or related  group of  borrowers in excess of 15% of its  unimpaired  capital and
surplus.  An additional  amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired  capital
and surplus, if such loan is secured by readily-marketable  collateral, which is
defined to include certain financial instruments and bullion. At March 31, 1998,
the Bank's limit on loans to one borrower was $6.3  million.  At March 31, 1998,
the Bank's largest  aggregate  outstanding  balance of loans to one borrower was
$3.6 million.

     QTL Test. The HOLA requires savings  institutions to meet a QTL test. Under
the QTL test,  a  savings  and loan  association  is either  must  qualify  as a
"domestic building and loan association" as defined in the Internal Revenue Code
or maintain at least 65% of its  "portfolio  assets"  (total  assets  less:  (i)
specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets;  (ii) intangibles,  including
goodwill;  and (iii) the value of property used to conduct  business) in certain
"qualified  thrift  investments"  (primarily  residential  mortgages and related
investments,  including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least 9 months
out of each 12 month period.


                                       24
<PAGE>


     A  savings  institution  that  fails  the QTL test is  subject  to  certain
operating  restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter.  As of
March 31, 1998, the Bank maintained  82.8% of its portfolio  assets in qualified
thrift  investments and,  therefore,  met the QTL test.  Recent  legislation has
expanded  the  extent to which  education  loans,  credit  card  loans and small
business loans may be considered "qualified thrift investments."

     Limitation on Capital  Distributions.  OTS regulations  impose  limitations
upon all capital distributions by savings institutions,  such as cash dividends,
payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders
of another  institution  in a cash-out  merger and other  distributions  charged
against  capital.  The rule establishes  three tiers of institutions,  which are
based primarily on an  institution's  capital level. An institution that exceeds
all fully phased-in  capital  requirements  before and after a proposed  capital
distribution  ("Tier 1 Bank") and has not been  advised by the OTS that it is in
need of more than normal  supervision,  could,  after  prior  notice but without
obtaining approval of the OTS, make capital distributions during a calendar year
equal to the greater of (i) 100% of its net earnings to date during the calendar
year plus the amount that would reduce by one-half its "surplus  capital  ratio"
(the  excess  capital  over its fully  phased-in  capital  requirements)  at the
beginning  of the  calendar  year or (ii) 75% of its net income for the previous
four  quarters.   Any  additional  capital  distributions  would  require  prior
regulatory  approval.  In the event the Bank's capital fell below its regulatory
requirements  or the OTS  notified  it that it was in need of more  than  normal
supervision,   the  Bank's  ability  to  make  capital  distributions  could  be
restricted.  In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution
by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the
OTS  determines  that such  distribution  would  constitute an unsafe or unsound
practice.   In  January  1998,  the  OTS  proposed  amendments  to  its  capital
distribution  regulation that would  generally  authorize the payment of capital
distributions  without OTS approval provided that the payment does not cause the
institution to be  undercapitalized  within the meaning of the prompt corrective
action  regulation.  However,  institutions in a holding company structure would
still have a prior notice requirement.  At March 31, 1998, the Bank was a Tier 1
Bank.

     Liquidity.  The Bank is required to  maintain an average  daily  balance of
specified  liquid assets equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified
percentage of its net withdrawable deposit accounts plus short-term  borrowings.
This liquidity requirement was 5% for fiscal 1997, but is subject to change from
time to time by the OTS to any amount  within  the range of 4% to 10%  depending
upon economic conditions and the savings flows of member institutions.  In 1997,
OTS  regulations  also required each savings  institution to maintain an average
daily balance of short-term liquid assets of at least 1% of the total of its net
withdrawable  deposit  accounts  and  borrowings  payable  in one  year or less.
Monetary   penalties   may  be  imposed  for  failure  to  meet  the   liquidity
requirements.  The OTS has recently lowered the liquidity requirement from 5% to
4% and  eliminated  the 1% short  term  liquid  asset  requirement.  The  Bank's
liquidity  ratio for March 31, 1998 was 24.7%,  which  exceeded  the  applicable
requirements.  The Bank has never been subject to monetary penalties for failure
to meet its liquidity requirements.

     Assessments.  Savings  institutions  are required to pay assessments to the
OTS to  fund  the  agency's  operations.  The  general  assessments,  paid  on a
semi-annual  basis,  are computed upon the savings  institution's  total assets,
including consolidated subsidiaries,  as reported in the Bank's latest quarterly
thrift  financial  report.  The assessments paid by the Bank for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998 totalled $67,000.

     Branching.   OTS  regulations  permit  nationwide  branching  by  federally
chartered  savings  institutions to the extent allowed by federal statute.  This
permits federal savings  institutions  to establish  interstate  networks and to
geographically  diversify their loan  portfolios and lines of business.  The OTS
authority  preempts any state law  purporting  to regulate  branching by federal
savings institutions.

     Transactions  with  Related  Parties.  The  Bank's  authority  to engage in
transactions  with  related  parties or  "affiliates"  (e.g.,  any company  that
controls or is under common control with an  institution,  including the Company
and its non-savings institution subsidiaries) is limited by Sections 23A and 23B
of the Federal Reserve Act ("FRA").  Section 23A limits the aggregate  amount of
covered  transactions  with any  individual  affiliate to 10% of the capital and
surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions
with all affiliates is limited to 


                                       25
<PAGE>


20% of the savings institution's capital and surplus.  Certain transactions with
affiliates  are required to be secured by  collateral in an amount and of a type
described in Section 23A and the purchase of low quality assets from  affiliates
is  generally   prohibited.   Section  23B   generally   provides  that  certain
transactions  with affiliates,  including loans and asset purchases,  must be on
terms  and  under   circumstances,   including   credit   standards,   that  are
substantially  the same or at least as  favorable  to the  institution  as those
prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable   transactions  with   non-affiliated
companies. In addition,  savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any
affiliate  that is  engaged  in  activities  that are not  permissible  for bank
holding companies and no savings  institution may purchase the securities of any
affiliate other than a subsidiary.

     The Bank's authority to extend credit to executive officers,  directors and
10%  shareholders  ("insiders"),  as well as entities such persons  control,  is
governed by Sections  22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and  Regulation  O  thereunder.
Among other  things,  such loans are required to be made on terms  substantially
the same as those offered to  unaffiliated  individuals  and to not involve more
than the normal risk of repayment.  Recent legislation  created an exception for
loans  made  pursuant  to a  benefit  or  compensation  program  that is  widely
available to all employees of the  institution  and does not give  preference to
insiders over other employees. Regulation O also places individual and aggregate
limits on the amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders  based,  in part, on
the Bank's capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be
followed.

     Enforcement.   Under  the  FDI  Act,   the  OTS  has  primary   enforcement
responsibility over savings  institutions and has the authority to bring actions
against  the  institution  and  all  institution-affiliated  parties,  including
stockholders,  and any attorneys,  appraisers and  accountants  who knowingly or
recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an
insured institution.  Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a
capital  directive  or cease and  desist  order to removal  of  officers  and/or
directors to  institution  of  receivership,  conservatorship  or termination of
deposit  insurance.  Civil  penalties  cover a wide range of violations  and can
amount to $25,000 per day, or even $1 million  per day in  especially  egregious
cases.  Under  the FDI Act,  the  FDIC has the  authority  to  recommend  to the
Director  of the OTS that  enforcement  action  to be taken  with  respect  to a
particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC
has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.  Federal law also
establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.

     Standards  for Safety and  Soundness.  The federal  banking  agencies  have
adopted Interagency  Guidelines  Prescribing  Standards for Safety and Soundness
("Guidelines")  and a final rule to  implement  safety and  soundness  standards
required  under the FDI Act. The  Guidelines  set forth the safety and soundness
standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems
at  insured  depository   institutions  before  capital  becomes  impaired.  The
standards set forth in the Guidelines  address internal controls and information
systems;  internal  audit  system;  credit  underwriting;   loan  documentation;
interest  rate  risk  exposure;  asset  growth;  asset  quality;  earnings;  and
compensation,  fees and benefits.  If the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency
determines  that an  institution  fails to meet any standard  prescribed  by the
Guidelines,  the agency may require the  institution  to submit to the agency an
acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard,  as required by the FDI
Act. The final rule establishes  deadlines for the submission and review of such
safety and soundness compliance plans when such plans are required.

Federal Reserve System

     The Federal  Reserve Board  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to
maintain  non-interest  earning  reserves  against  their  transaction  accounts
(primarily  NOW and  regular  checking  accounts).  The  Federal  Reserve  Board
regulations  generally  required  for most of 1997 that  reserves be  maintained
against  aggregate  transaction  accounts as follows:  for accounts  aggregating
$49.3 million or less (subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve  Board) the
reserve  requirement  was 3%; and for  accounts  aggregating  greater than $49.3
million,  the  reserve  requirement  was  $1.48  million  plus 10%  (subject  to
adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board between 8% and 14%) against that portion
of total transaction accounts in excess of $49.3 million. The first $4.4 million
of otherwise  reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve
Board)  were  exempted  from  the  reserve  requirements.  The  Bank  maintained
compliance with the foregoing requirements.  For 1998, the Federal Reserve Board
has  decreased 


                                       26
<PAGE>


from $49.3 to $47.8 million the amount of transaction accounts subject to the 3%
reserve  requirement  and to increase the amount of exempt  reservable  balances
from $4.4 million to $4.7 million.  The balances  maintained to meet the reserve
requirements  imposed  by the  Federal  Reserve  Board  may be used  to  satisfy
liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS.

                           FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

Federal Taxation

     General.  The Company and the Bank report  their  income on a  consolidated
basis and the accrual  method of  accounting,  and are subject to federal income
taxation  in the  same  manner  as  other  corporations  with  some  exceptions,
including  particularly  the Bank's reserve for bad debts discussed  below.  The
following  discussion  of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not
purport to be a  comprehensive  description  of the tax rules  applicable to the
Bank or the Company.  The Bank has not been audited by the IRS or  Massachusetts
Department  of Revenue in the past five years.  For its 1998 taxable  year,  the
Bank is subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 34.0%.

     Bad Debt Reserves.  For fiscal years  beginning prior to December 31, 1995,
thrift  institutions which qualified under certain  definitional tests and other
conditions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") were  permitted to
use certain  favorable  provisions to calculate  their  deductions  from taxable
income  for  annual  additions  to their bad debt  reserve.  A reserve  could be
established for bad debts on qualifying real property loans  (generally  secured
by  interests  in  real  property  improved  or to be  improved)  under  (i) the
Percentage of Taxable  Income  Method (the "PTI Method") or (ii) the  Experience
Method.  The reserve for  nonqualifying  loans was computed using the Experience
Method.

     The Small Business Job  Protection Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act"),  which was
enacted on August 20, 1996,  requires  savings  institutions to recapture (i.e.,
take into income) certain portions of their  accumulated bad debt reserves.  The
1996 Act repeals the reserve  method of accounting  for bad debts  effective for
tax years beginning  after 1995.  Thrift  institutions  that would be treated as
small banks are  allowed to utilize the  Experience  Method  applicable  to such
institutions,  while thrift  institutions that are treated as large banks (those
generally  exceeding  $500  million  in  assets)  are  required  to use only the
specific charge-off method.  Thus, the PTI Method of accounting for bad debts is
no longer available for any financial institution.

     A thrift  institution  required to change its method of computing  reserves
for bad debts  will  treat  such  change  as a change  in method of  accounting,
initiated by the taxpayer, and having been made with the consent of the IRS. Any
Section 481(a) adjustment  required to be taken into income with respect to such
change  generally  will be taken into income  ratably  over a  six-taxable  year
period,  beginning with the first taxable year beginning after 1995,  subject to
the residential loan requirement.

     Under the residential loan requirement provision, the recapture required by
the  1996 Act  will be  suspended  for  each of two  successive  taxable  years,
beginning with the Bank's current  taxable year, in which the Bank  originates a
minimum of certain  residential  loans based upon the  average of the  principal
amounts of such loans made by the Bank  during its six taxable  years  preceding
its current taxable year.

     Under the 1996 Act, for its current and future taxable  years,  the Bank is
permitted to make additions to its tax bad debt reserves. In addition,  the Bank
is required to  recapture  (i.e.,  take into  income) over a six year period the
excess of the balance of its tax bad debt reserves as of December 31, 1995 other
than its  supplemental  reserve for losses on loans,  if any over the balance of
such  reserves as of December 31, 1987 (or a lesser amount since the Bank's loan
portfolio decreased since December 31, 1987). As a result of such recapture, the
Bank will incur an additional  tax liability of  approximately  $89,000 which is
generally  expected  to be taken into income  beginning  in 1998 over a six year
period.


                                       27
<PAGE>


     Distributions.  Under  the  1996  Act,  if  the  Bank  makes  "non-dividend
distributions"  to the Company,  such  distributions  will be considered to have
been made from the Bank's  unrecaptured  tax bad debt  reserves  (including  the
balance of its reserves as of December 31, 1987) to the extent thereof, and then
from the Bank's supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent thereof,
and an amount based on the amount  distributed  (but not in excess of the amount
of  such  reserves)  will  be  included  in  the  Bank's  income.   Non-dividend
distributions  include  distributions  in  excess  of  the  Bank's  current  and
accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes,
distributions in redemption of stock,  and  distributions in partial or complete
liquidation.  Dividends paid out of the Bank's  current or accumulated  earnings
and profits will not be so included in the Bank's income.

     The amount of additional  taxable income  triggered by a non-dividend is an
amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the
amount of the distribution.  Thus, if the Bank makes a non-dividend distribution
to the  Company,  approximately  one  and  one-half  times  the  amount  of such
distribution  (but  not in  excess  of the  amount  of such  reserves)  would be
includable  in income for federal  income tax  purposes,  assuming a 35% federal
corporate income tax rate. The Banks does not intend to pay dividends that would
result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.

     SAIF Recapitalization  Assessment.  The Funds Act levied a 65.7 basis point
fee on every  $100 of thrift  deposits  held on March 31,  1995.  For  financial
statement  purposes,  this assessment was reported as an expense for the quarter
ended  September 30, 1996. The Funds Act includes a provision  which states that
the  amount  of any  special  assessment  paid to  capitalize  SAIF  under  this
legislation is deductible under Section 162 of the Code in the year of payment.

State and Local Taxation

     Commonwealth of Massachusetts  Taxation.  On July 27, 1995, the Governor of
Massachusetts  approved  legislation  to  reduce  the  tax  rate  applicable  to
financial institutions, including savings banks, from 12.54% on their net income
to 10.50% on their net income apportioned to Massachusetts.  The reduced rate is
to be phased-in over a five year period whereby the rate was 11.71% for 1996 and
11.32%  for 1997,  and will be 10.91%  for 1998,  10.50% for 1999 and 10.50% for
2000.  Net income for years  beginning  before  January 1, 1999  includes  gross
income as defined under the  provisions  of the Code,  plus interest from bonds,
notes and evidences of indebtedness of any state, including Massachusetts,  less
the deductions,  excluding the deductions for dividends  received,  state taxes,
and net  operating  losses,  as defined under the  provisions  of the Code.  For
taxable  years  beginning on or after January 1, 1999,  the  definition of state
taxable  income is modified to allow a deduction  for 95% of dividends  received
from  stock  where  the  Company  owns  15% or more of the  voting  stock of the
institution  paying the dividend and to allow  deductions from certain  expenses
allocated to federally tax exempt  obligations.  Subsidiary  corporations of the
Company conducting  business in Massachusetts  must file separate  Massachusetts
state  tax  returns  and are  taxed  as  financial  institutions,  with  certain
modifications and grandfathering for taxable years before 1996. The net worth or
tangible  property  of such  grandfathered  subsidiaries  is  taxed at a rate of
0.26%. Such grandfathered  subsidiaries may file consolidated tax returns on the
net earnings portion of the corporate tax.

     Corporations which qualify as "securities  corporations," as defined by the
Massachusetts  tax code,  are taxed at a  special  rate of 0.33% of their  gross
income if they qualify as a "bank-holding  company" under the  Massachusetts tax
code. The Company is expected to qualify for this reduced tax rate provided that
it is  exclusively  engaged in  activities of a  "securities  corporation."  The
Company  believes  that it will  qualify as a securities  corporation  because a
separate  subsidiary  was formed to make the loan to the Bank's  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Plan and  related  trust and all of the  Company's  other  activities
qualify as activities permissible for a securities  corporation.  If the Company
fails to so qualify,  however, it will be taxed as a financial  institution at a
rate of 10.50% beginning in fiscal 1999 rather than at the phased-in rates.


                                       28
<PAGE>


     Delaware  Taxation.  As a Delaware  holding  company not earning  income in
Delaware,  the  Company  is exempt  from  Delaware  corporate  income tax but is
required to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  franchise  tax to the
State of Delaware.

Item 2. Description of Property.

     The  Bank   currently   conducts  its  business   through  its   executive,
administrative  and full service  offices.  The Company believes that the Bank's
current  facilities  are adequate to meet the present  needs of the Bank and the
Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Net Book Value of
                                                                                          Property or
                                                        Original                            Leasehold
                                        Leased or      Year Leased     Date of Lease     Improvements at
Location                                 Owned         or Acquired       Expiration      March 31, 1998
- --------                                 -----         -----------       ----------      --------------
                                                                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>              <C>             <C>                 <C>
Executive/Branch Office:
1299 Beacon Street              
Brookline, MA 02146...................   Owned           1950                --               $951
Administrative Office:                                                                        
1309 Beacon Street                                                        February                
Brookline, MA 02146...................   Leased          1987              2002(1)             143
Branch Offices:                                                                               
184 Massachusetts Avenue                                                  December                
Boston, MA 02115......................   Leased          1973              1998(2)              17
Dedham Mall                                                               February                
Dedham, MA 02026......................   Leased          1982                2000                8
61 Lenox Street                                                                                   
Norwood, MA 02062.....................   Owned           1975                --                317
705 High Street                                                                                   
Westwood, MA 02090....................   Owned           1977                --                289
                                                                                            ------
               Total...............................................................         $1,725
                                                                                            ======
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  The Bank has an option to renew  this  lease for one  additional  five-year
     period.

(2)  The Bank has an option to renew  this  lease  for one  additional  two-year
     period.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

     The Bank is not  involved  in any  pending  legal  proceedings  other  than
routine legal  proceedings  occurring in the ordinary  course of business.  Such
routine legal  proceedings,  in the aggregate,  are believed by management to be
immaterial to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     None.


                                       29
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

     The Company began trading its Common Stock on the American  Stock  Exchange
on March 30, 1998 under the symbol "BYS." The reported high and low sales prices
for the quarter  ended March 31, 1998 are $30.00 and $29.00,  respectively.  Bay
State Bancorp,  Inc. had approximately  1,500 shareholders of record as of March
31, 1998.

     The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  has the  authority  to  declare
dividends on the Common Stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.
In the  future,  the Board of  Directors  intends to consider a policy of paying
cash or stock dividends on the Common Stock.  However, no decision has been made
with respect to the payment of dividends. Declarations of dividends by the Board
of Directors, if any, will depend upon a number of factors, including the amount
of  net  proceeds  retained  by  the  Company  in  the  Conversion,   investment
opportunities  available  to the  Company  or the  Bank,  capital  requirements,
regulatory  limitations,  the Company's and the Bank's  financial  condition and
results of operations,  tax considerations and general economic  conditions.  No
assurances  can be  given,  however,  that any  dividends  will be paid  or,  if
commenced, will continue to be paid.

     The Company is subject to the requirements of Delaware law, which generally
limit  dividends  to an  amount  equal to the  excess  of the net  assets of the
Company (the amount by which total assets  exceed  total  liabilities)  over its
statutory  capital  (generally  defined  as  the  aggregate  par  value  of  the
outstanding  shares of the  Company's  capital stock having a par value plus the
amount of the  consideration  paid for  shares of the  Company's  capital  stock
without  par value) or, if there is no such  excess,  to its net profits for the
current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

     Additionally,  in connection with the Conversion,  the Company committed to
the OTS that  during the  one-year  period  following  the  consummation  of the
Conversion,   the  Company  would  not  declare  an  extraordinary  dividend  to
stockholders  which  would be treated by  recipient  stockholders  as a tax-free
return of capital for federal income tax purposes  without prior approval of the
OTS.

Item 6. Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations

     The Company does not transact any material  business other than through its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the  Bank.  The  Bank's  results  of  operations  are
dependent primarily on net interest income,  which is the difference between the
income  earned  on its loan and  investment  portfolios  and its cost of  funds,
consisting  of  the  interest  paid  on  deposits  and  borrowings.  Results  of
operations are also affected by the Bank's provision for loan losses,  loan sale
activities  and loan  servicing.  The  Bank's  noninterest  expense  principally
consists of compensation and employee  benefits,  office occupancy and equipment
expense,  federal deposit insurance premiums,  data processing,  advertising and
business   promotion  and  other  expenses.   Results  of  operations  are  also
significantly   affected  by  general   economic  and  competitive   conditions,
particularly  changes in  interest  rates,  government  policies  and actions of
regulatory  authorities.  Future  changes  in  applicable  law,  regulations  or
government policies may materially impact the Bank.

     The predceding and following discussion may contain certain forward-looking
statements  which  are based on  managaement's  current  expectations  regarding
economic,  legislative,  and  regulatory  issues  that may impact the  Company's
earnings in future  periods.  Factors  that could cause  future  results to vary
materially from current management expectations include, but are not limited to:
general  economic  conditions,  changes in interest rates,  deposit flows,  real
estate values, and competition;  changes in accounting principles,  policies, or
guidelines;   changes  in  legislation  or  regulation;   and  other   economic,
competitive,  governmental,  regulatory and technological  factors affecting the
Company's  operations,  pricing,  products and services.  In  particular,  these
issues may impact  management's  estimates  used in  evaluating  market risk and
interest  rate  risk  in  its  GAP  and  NPV  tables,   loan  loss   provisions,
classification  of assets,  Year 2000  issues,  accounting  estimates  and other
estimates used throughout this discussion.  Further description of the risks and
uncertainties  to the  business are  included in detail in the  "Description  of
Business" section (Item 1) of the Company's 10-KSB.

Management Strategy

     Management's  primary goal has been to maintain  the Bank's  profitability,
asset quality and its capital  position by: (i)  investing  primarily in one- to
four-family loans secured by properties located in its primary market area; (ii)
investing  in   multi-family,   commercial  real  estate  and  construction  and
development  loans secured by properties  located in the Bank's  primary  market
area,  to the  extent  that such  loans  meet the  Bank's  general  underwriting
criteria  including,  but not limited to,  satisfaction  of certain LTV and debt
service  coverage  ratios and  satisfaction  that the borrower is experienced in
these types of real estate projects; (iii) investing funds not utilized for loan
investments in short-term U.S. Treasury and mortgage-backed and mortgage-related
securities;  and (iv) managing interest rate 


                                       30
<PAGE>


risk by  emphasizing  the  origination of  adjustable-rate  loans and short-term
fixed-rate  loans and investing in short-term  securities and generally  selling
longer-term  fixed-rate  loans  that the Bank  originates.  The Bank  intends to
continue  this  operating  strategy  in  an  effort  to  enhance  its  long-term
profitability  while  maintaining  a reasonable  level of interest rate risk and
enhance  such  strategy by expanding  the  products  and services it offers,  as
necessary,  in order to improve its market share in its primary  market area. In
this regard,  the Bank has begun to offer business  checking  accounts,  24-hour
banking by telephone and, in the future, may expand its consumer retail products
to include debit card services and in-home banking.

Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk Analysis

     The  principal  objective  of the  Bank's  interest  rate  risk  management
function is to evaluate the interest rate risk included in certain balance sheet
accounts,  determine  the  appropriate  level of risk given the Bank's  business
strategy,   operating  environment,   capital  and  liquidity  requirements  and
performance  objectives  and  manage  the  risk  consistent  with  the  Board of
Directors'  approved  guidelines.  Through  such  management,  the Bank seeks to
reduce the  vulnerability  of its operations to changes in interest  rates.  The
Bank  monitors  its  interest  rate risk as such risk  relates to its  operating
strategies.  The Bank's Board of Directors has  established  an  Asset/Liability
Committee,  responsible for reviewing its asset/liability  policies and interest
rate risk  position,  which  meets on a quarterly  basis and reports  trends and
interest rate risk position to the Board of Directors on a quarterly  basis. The
extent of the  movement of interest  rates is an  uncertainty  that could have a
negative impact on the earnings of the Bank.

     In recent years, the Bank has primarily  utilized the following  strategies
to manage  interest rate risk: (i)  emphasizing  the origination and purchase of
adjustable-rate  loans; (ii) investing  primarily in short-term U.S.  Government
securities  or  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities  with shorter
estimated  maturities;  (iii)  utilizing  FHLB advances to better  structure the
maturities  of  its  interest  rate  sensitive   liabilities;   and  (iv)  to  a
substantially  lesser  extent,  selling  in  the  secondary  market  longer-term
fixed-rate  mortgage loans  originated  while generally  retaining the servicing
rights on such loans.

     Gap  Analysis.  The matching of assets and  liabilities  may be analyzed by
examining the extent to which such assets and  liabilities  are  "interest  rate
sensitive" and by monitoring a bank's interest rate sensitivity  "gap." An asset
and  liability  is said to be interest  rate  sensitive  within a specific  time
period if it will mature or reprice  within that time period.  The interest rate
sensitivity   gap  is  defined  as  the   difference   between   the  amount  of
interest-earning  assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and
the amount of  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or repricing  within that
same time period.  At March 31, 1998,  the Bank's  cumulative  one year interest
rate gap (which is the difference between the amount of interest-earning  assets
maturing or repricing within one year and interest-bearing  liabilities maturing
or repricing  within one year) as a percentage of total  assets,  was a positive
6.3%. A gap is considered  positive  when the amount of interest rate  sensitive
assets  exceeds  the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities.  A gap is
considered  negative  when the amount of  interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities
exceeds the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  assets.  Accordingly,  during a
period of rising  interest  rates,  an institution  with a negative gap position
would be in a worse position to invest in higher  yielding assets as compared to
an institution with a positive gap position which,  consequently,  may result in
the cost of its  interest-bearing  liabilities  increasing at a rate faster than
its yield on  interest-earning  assets than if it had a positive  gap.  During a
period of falling  interest rates,  an institution  with a negative gap position
would tend to have its  interest-bearing  liabilities  repricing  downward  at a
faster rate than its interest-earning  assets as compared to an institution with
a positive gap which, consequently,  may tend to positively affect the growth of
its net interest income.



                                       31
<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth the amounts of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing   liabilities   outstanding  at  March  31,  1998,   which  are
anticipated by the Bank, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in
each of the future time periods shown (the "Gap Table"). Except as stated below,
the amount of assets and  liabilities  shown  which  reprice or mature  during a
particular  period were  determined  in  accordance  with the earlier of term to
repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability.  The table sets
forth an approximation  of the projected  repricing of assets and liabilities at
March 31, 1998,  on the basis of  contractual  maturities,  and  scheduled  rate
adjustments within a one year period and subsequent selected time intervals. The
loan amounts in the table reflect  principal  balances expected to be redeployed
and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization of adjustable-rate loans
and  fixed-rate  loans,  and as a result  of  contractual  rate  adjustments  on
adjustable-rate  loans. Money Market accounts,  Regular Savings accounts and NOW
accounts   are  assumed  to  have  annual  decay  rates  of  80%,  15%  and  5%,
respectively.  Deposit decay rates can have a  significant  impact on the Bank's
estimated gap. While the Bank believes such assumptions to be reasonable,  there
can be no assurance that assumed decay rates will approximate  future withdrawal
activity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 More         More        More        More                              
                                                 than         than        than        than                            
                                                1 Year       2 Years     3 Years     4 Years      More                   
                                     1 Year        to          to          to          to         than         Total      Fair
                                     or Less    2 Years      3 Years     4 Years     5 Years     5 Years       Amount    Value(1)
                                    --------    -------      -------     -------     -------     -------      --------   --------
                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>     
Interest-earning assets:
   FHLB overnight account .......   $ 46,000    $     --     $     --    $     --     $     --    $     --    $ 46,000   $ 46,000
   Securities ...................      7,392          --           --          --           --          --       7,392      8,522
   Mortgage-backed
     securities .................         --          --           --          --           --       2,271       2,271      2,275
   Stock in FHLB-Boston .........      1,873          --           --          --           --          --       1,873      1,873
   Loans (2) ....................    111,774      25,753       25,425       7,177        9,971      45,063     225,163    224,466
   Loans held-for-sale ..........        822          --           --          --           --          --         822        822
                                    --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------    --------   --------
      Total interest-
        earning assets ..........   $167,861    $ 25,753     $ 25,425    $  7,177     $  9,971    $ 47,334    $283,521   $283,958
                                    ========    ========     ========    ========     ========    ========    ========   ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Money market accounts ........   $ 33,952    $  8,488     $     --    $     --     $     --    $     --    $ 42,440   $ 42,440
   Regular savings accounts .....      4,832       4,832        4,832       4,832        4,832       8,056      32,216     32,216
   NOW accounts .................      1,149       1,149        1,149       1,149        1,149      17,244      22,989     22,989
   Certificate accounts .........     89,243      12,998        3,808       1,731        1,845          25     109,650    110,046
   FHLB advances ................     20,000          --           --          --           --          --      20,000     19,849
                                    --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------    --------   --------
      Total interest-bearing
        liabilities .............   $149,176    $ 27,467     $  9,789    $  7,712     $  7,826    $ 25,325    $227,295   $227,540
                                    ========    ========     ========    ========     ========    ========    ========   ========
Interest-earning assets less ....                                                                                        
   interest-bearing liabilities .   $ 18,685    $ (1,714)    $ 15,636    $   (535)    $  2,145    $ 22,009    $ 56,226
                                    ========    ========     ========    ========     ========    ========    ========  
Cumulative interest-rate
  sensitivity gap ...............   $ 18,685    $ 16,971     $ 32,607    $ 32,072     $ 34,217    $ 56,226
                                    ========    ========     ========    ========     ========    ========    
Cumulative interest-rate gap as
  a percentage of total assets ..       6.33%      5.75%        11.04%      10.86%       11.59%     19.04%
Cumulative interest-rate gap as                                                                  
  a percentage of total interest-                                                                
  earning assets ................       6.59%      5.99%        11.50%      11.31%       12.07%     19.83%
Cumulative interest-earning                                                                      
   assets as a percentage of                                                                     
   cumulative interest-bearing                                                                   
   liabilities ..................     112.53%    109.61%       117.49%     116.52%      116.94%    124.74%
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Fair value of securities, including mortgage-backed securities, is based on
     quoted  market  prices,  where  available.  If quoted market prices are not
     available,  fair  value is based on  quoted  market  prices  of  comparable
     instruments.  Fair value of loans is,  depending on the type of loan, based
     on carrying  values or estimates  based on discounted  cash flow  analyses.
     Fair value of deposit  liabilities are either based on carrying  amounts or
     estimates based on a discounted cash flow calculation. Fair values for FHLB
     advances are estimated  using a discounted  cash flow analysis that applies
     interest  rates  concurrently  being  offered on  advances to a schedule of
     aggregated expected monthly maturities on FHLB advances.

(2)  Excludes nonaccrual loans.


                                       32
<PAGE>


     Certain  shortcomings  are inherent in the method of analysis  presented in
the foregoing  table.  For example,  although certain assets and liabilities may
have similar  maturities  or periods to  repricing,  they may react to different
degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while  interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in
market rates. Additionally,  certain assets, such as adjustable rate loans, have
features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and
over the life of the asset.  Further,  in the event of change in interest rates,
prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate  significantly  from
those assumed in calculating the table.  Finally,  the ability of many borrowers
to service their  adjustable-rate loans may decrease in the event of an interest
rate increase.

     Net Portfolio  Value. As part of its interest rate risk analysis,  the Bank
uses an interest rate sensitivity model which generates  estimates of the change
in the  Bank's  net  portfolio  value  ("NPV")  over a range  of  interest  rate
scenarios  and which is  prepared by the OTS on a  quarterly  basis.  NPV is the
present value of expected cash flows from assets,  liabilities  and  off-balance
sheet contracts.  The NPV ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as
the NPV in that  scenario  divided  by the  market  value of  assets in the same
scenario.  The OTS produces such analysis  using its own model,  based upon data
submitted on the Bank's quarterly Thrift Financial Reports,  including estimated
loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates. The following
table sets forth the Bank's NPV as of March 31,  1998 (the  latest NPV  analysis
prepared by the OTS), as calculated by the OTS.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           NPV as % of Portfolio
     Change in                            Net Portfolio Value                                 Value of Assets
 Interest Rates in         --------------------------------------------------         -----------------------------
   Basis Points                                                                        NPV
   (Rate Shock)             Amount                $ Change           % Change         Ratio               Change(1)
- --------------------       --------               --------           --------         -----               ---------
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                        <C>                   <C>                   <C>            <C>                   <C>  
400.................       $38,326               $(6,256)              (14)%          13.22%                (167)
300.................        40,766                (3,816)               (9)           13.91                  (98)
200.................        42,745                (1,837)               (4)           14.45                  (45)
100.................        44,096                  (487)               (1)           14.79                  (10)
Static..............        44,582                    --                --            14.89                   --
(100)...............        44,750                   168                --            14.90                    1
(200)...............        44,883                   301                 1            14.89                   --
(300)...............        45,491                   909                 2            15.02                   13
(400)...............        46,820                 2,238                 5            15.35                   45
</TABLE>

(1)   Expressed in basis points.

     As is the case with the Gap Table, certain shortcomings are inherent in the
methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements.  Modeling changes
in NPV  require the making of certain  assumptions  which may or may not reflect
the  manner in which  actual  yields  and costs  respond  to  changes  in market
interest  rates.  In this  regard,  the NPV  model  presented  assumes  that the
composition of the Bank's interest sensitive assets and liabilities  existing at
the beginning of a period  remains  constant over the period being  measured and
also assumes that a particular  change in interest rates is reflected  uniformly
across the yield curve  regardless  of the  duration to maturity or repricing of
specific assets and liabilities.  Accordingly, although the NPV measurements and
net interest  income models  provide an  indication of the Bank's  interest rate
risk exposure at a particular point in time, such  measurements are not intended
to and do not  provide a precise  forecast  of the  effect of  changes in market
interest  rates on the Bank's net  interest  income and will  differ from actual
results.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

     Net  interest   income   represents  the   difference   between  income  on
interest-earning  assets  and  expense  on  interest-bearing   liabilities.  Net
interest  income also  depends  upon the  relative  amounts of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on
them.


                                       33

<PAGE>

     Average Balance Sheets. The following table sets forth certain  information
relating to the Bank for the years ended March 31,  1998,  1997,  and 1996.  The
average  yields  and costs are  derived  by  dividing  income or  expense by the
average  balance of  interest-earning  assets or  interest-bearing  liabilities,
respectively,  for the periods  shown except where noted  otherwise  and reflect
annualized yields and costs. Average balances are derived from average month-end
balances.  Management does not believe that the use of average monthly  balances
instead of average  daily  balances has caused any material  differences  in the
information  presented.  The yields and costs include fees which are  considered
adjustments to yields. Loan interest and yield data does not include any accrued
interest from non-accruing loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      For the Years Ended March 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998                           1997                               1996
                                    -----------------------------    -------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                          Average                            Average                         Average
                                    Average               Yield/      Average                Yield/      Average              Yield/
                                    Balance   Interest     Cost       Balance     Interest    Cost       Balance    Interest   Cost
                                    -------   --------     ----       -------     --------    ----       -------    --------   ----
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>  
Assets:                                                              
  Interest-earning assets:                                           
    Federal funds sold/FHLB
      overnight account .........   $  5,150   $   368     7.15%(6)  $  5,985     $   321       5.36%   $  6,759    $   423    6.26%
    Investment securities(1) ....     13,642       819     6.00        15,041         951       6.32      11,391        565    4.96
    Mortgage-backed and                                               
      mortgage-related securities      2,787       190     6.82         3,380         246       7.28       1,917        146    7.62
    Loans, net and mortgage                                           
     loans held-for-sale(2) .....    215,542    17,872     8.29       195,471      15,958       8.16     173,285     15,414    8.90
                                    --------   -------               --------     -------               --------    -------
        Total interest-                                               
          earning assets ........    237,121    19,249     8.12       219,877      17,476       7.95     193,352     16,548    8.56
                                               -------                            -------                           -------
  Noninterest-earning assets ....      8,096                            6,931                              6,205
                                    --------                         --------                           --------
        Total assets ............   $245,217                         $226,808                           $199,557
                                    ========                         ========                           ========
                                                                     
Liabilities and Equity:                                              
  Interest-bearing liabilities:                                      
    NOW accounts ................   $ 21,494   $   389     1.81%     $ 20,835     $   386       1.85%   $ 18,727    $   384    2.05%
    Regular savings accounts ....     29,167       824     2.83        30,863         660       2.14      31,560        676    2.14
    Money market accounts .......     43,019     1,684     3.91        34,839       1,436       4.12      29,972      1,284    4.28
    Certificate accounts ........    107,820     6,097     5.65       102,995       5,790       5.62      92,852      5,592    6.02
                                    --------   -------               --------     -------               --------    -------
      Total interest-                                                 
        bearing deposits ........    201,500     8,994     4.46       189,532       8,272       4.36     173,111      7,936    4.58
    FHLB advances ...............     21,102     1,206     5.72        16,813         946       5.63       7,786        487    6.25
                                    --------   -------               --------     -------               --------    -------
      Total interest-                                                 
        bearing liabilities .....    222,602    10,200     4.58       206,345       9,218       4.47     180,897      8,423    4.66
                                               -------                            -------                           -------        
  Demand deposits(3) ............        257                              132                                165    
  Other liabilities .............      2,088                            1,511                              1,931    
                                    --------                         --------                           --------    
      Total liabilities .........    224,947                          207,988                            182,993    
  Equity ........................     20,270                           18,820                             16,564    
                                    --------                         --------                           --------            
      Total liabilities                                               
         and equity .............   $245,217                         $226,808                           $199,557 
                                    ========                         ========                           ======== 
  Net interest income/                                               
   Net interest rate spread(4) ..              $ 9,049     3.54%                  $ 8,258       3.48%               $ 8,125    3.90%
                                               =======     =====                  =======       =====               =======    ====
  Net interest margin(5) ........                          3.82%                                3.76%                          4.20%
                                                           ====                                 =====                          ====
  Ratio of interest-earning                                          
   assets to interest-bearing                                        
   liabilities ..................      106.52%                         106.56%                            106.89%
                                       ======                          ======                             ====== 
</TABLE>                                                          

(1)  Includes investment securities  available-for-sale and held-to-maturity and
     stock in FHLB-Boston.

(2)  Amount is net of deferred loan origination costs,  undisbursed  proceeds of
     construction  loans in  process,  allowance  for loan  losses and  includes
     non-accruing  loans. The Bank records interest income on non-accruing loans
     on a cash basis.

(3)  Demand deposits primarily represent noninterest-bearing custodial accounts.

(4)  Net interest rate spread  represents  the  difference  between the weighted
     average yield on  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average cost of
     interest-bearing liabilities.

(5)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income as a percentage  of
     average interest-earning assets.

(6)  The rate for Federal funds sold/FHLB  overnight  account for the year ended
     March 31, 1998 is inflated due to the use of  subscription  rights proceeds
     for 16 days in March  1998.  The average  daily  balance for that period of
     time was approximately $100 million.

                                       34
<PAGE>

     Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The  following  table  presents the extent to which
changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of  interest-earning  assets
and  interest-bearing  liabilities  have affected the Bank's interest income and
interest expense during the periods  indicated.  Information is provided in each
category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes
in volume  multiplied by prior rate);  (ii) changes  attributable  to changes in
rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The
changes  attributable  to the  combined  impact  of  volume  and rate  have been
allocated on a proportional basis between changes in rate and volume.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended                             Year Ended
                                                                    March 31, 1998                         March 31, 1997
                                                                     Compared to                             Compared to
                                                                      Year Ended                             Year Ended
                                                                    March 31, 1997                         March 31, 1996
                                                           ---------------------------------      ----------------------------------
                                                           Increase (Decrease)                    Increase (Decrease)
                                                                 Due to                                  Due to
                                                           --------------------                   --------------------
                                                            Volume        Rate          Net        Volume        Rate          Net
                                                            ------        ----          ---        ------        ----          ---
                                                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Interest-earning assets:
  Federal funds sold/FHLB overnight account ..........     $   (34)     $    81      $    47      $   (45)     $   (57)     $  (102)
  Investment securities ..............................         (86)         (46)        (132)         208          178          386
  Mortgage-backed securities .........................         (41)         (15)         (56)         106           (6)         100
  Loans, net, and mortgage
   loans held-for-sale ...............................       1,661          253        1,914        1,520         (976)         544
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
      Total interest-earning assets ..................       1,500          273        1,773        1,789         (861)         928
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  NOW accounts .......................................          11           (8)           3           14          (12)           2
  Regular savings accounts ...........................         (34)         198          164          (16)          --          (16)
  Money market accounts ..............................         316          (68)         248          198          (46)         152
  Certificate accounts ...............................         273           34          307          504         (306)         198
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
      Total deposits .................................         566          156          722          700         (364)         336
  FHLB advances ......................................         245           15          260          503          (44)         459
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
      Total interest-bearing liabilities .............         811          171          982        1,203         (408)         795
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
Net change in net interest income ....................     $   689      $   102      $   791      $   586      $  (453)     $   133
                                                           =======      =======      =======      =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 1998 and March 31, 1997

     Total  assets at March 31,  1998 were  $295.3  million,  compared to $233.1
million at March 31, 1997, an increase of $62.2 million,  or 26.7%. Asset growth
was  primarily  due to increases in the Bank's loan and  investment  portfolios,
funded primarily by the inflow of capital from the Conversion,  and, to a lesser
extent,  growth  in  deposits  and FHLB  borrowings.  Loans  receivable,  net of
allowance for loan losses,  increased $17.8 million,  or 8.6%, to $224.9 million
at March 31, 1998 compared to $207.1  million at March 31, 1997. The increase in
loans was due to a $7.8 million,  or 53.4%,  increase in  multi-family  loans, a
$10.2  million,  or 40.4%,  increase in  commercial  real estate  loans,  a $3.8
million,  or  253%,  increase  in  construction  and  development  loans  and an
$840,000,  or 30.8%,  increase  in  consumer  loans.  This  increase  was funded
primarily from the $10.7 million  increase in deposits and $5.5 million increase
in FHLB borrowings.  Non-performing assets increased $660,000, or 43.7%, to $2.3
million at March 31,  1998,  compared to $1.6  million at March 31,  1997.  This
increase was the result of the internal  classification of four pools of one- to
four-family residential loans. The allowance for loan losses increased $826,000,
or 47.1%,  to $2.5 million at March 31, 1998,  compared to $1.7 million at March
31, 1997. At March 31, 1998 the allowance  represents  110.3% of  non-performing
assets and 1.1% of total  loans.  There was no other real estate  owned at March
31,  1998  compared  to  $73,000 at March 31,  1997.  Deposits  increased  $10.7
million,  or 5.4%, to $207.8  million at March 31, 1998,  from $197.1 million at
March 31,  1997.  The deposit  growth  occurred in  certificate  accounts  which
increased $3.7 million,  or 3.5%,  and savings and NOW accounts which  increased
$6.1  million,  or 6.7%.  Borrowed  funds,  which  consist  of FHLB  borrowings,
increased $5.5 million, or 37.9%, to $20.0 million at March 31, 1998, from $14.5
million at March 31, 1997. The increased level of borrowings were in the 10 year
maturity,  with  callable  features  after one year at the option of the lender.
Investments and federal funds sold at March 31, 1998 increased $40.3 million, or
244%, to $56.8 million, compared  to  $16.5  million  at  March  31,  1997. This

                                       35

<PAGE>

increase was primarily due to an increase in the FHLB  overnight  account funded
primarily by the receipt of the net  proceeds  from the  Conversion.  Investment
securities decreased $5.7 million, or 34.6%, to $10.8 million at March 31, 1998,
compared to $16.5  million at March 31,  1997.  This  decrease was the result of
principal  repayments on mortgage-backed  securities and the call of debentures.
Short-term investments were $46.0 million at March 31, 1998 and consisted solely
of federal funds sold/FHLB  overnight accounts of which there were none at March
31, 1997. At March 31, 1998,  total equity  increased $44.1 million,  or 226% to
$63.6 million,  or 21.5% of total assets,  from $19.5 million,  or 8.4% of total
assets,  at March 31, 1997. The increase in equity was the net result of the net
proceeds  generated  in the  Conversion  and the net loss for the twelve  months
ended March 31, 1998.  The Company's  book value per share at March 31, 1998 was
$27.02.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997

     General.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, results were a net loss
of $1.8 million compared to net income of $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31,  1997.  Since the Company  converted  to a stock form of  ownership on
March 27, 1998, earnings per share data is not meaningful.  The net loss for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998  resulted  primarily  from the  recognition  of
certain items related to the Conversion. As part of the Conversion,  the Company
donated  187,795 shares of the Company's  stock to The Bay State Federal Savings
Charitable  Foundation  (the  "Foundation").   The  total  contribution  expense
associated with the  establishment  of the Foundation was $3.8 million,  or $2.5
million net of income taxes. Additionally, due to the timing of the consummation
of the Conversion and the  establishment  of the Bank's Employee Stock Ownership
Plan and  related  trust (the  "ESOP"),  which was funded  with 8% of the common
stock  issued  in the  Conversion,  or  202,818  shares,  the  Company  incurred
additional  compensation  expense of $600,000,  or $433,000 net of income taxes,
relating to the ESOP  allocation  for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1998.  In
addition,  certain  non-recurring  expenses and adjustments  associated with the
Conversion  totalled  $688,000,  or $405,000 net of income taxes.  Excluding the
effect of these  items,  the Company  would have  recognized  net income for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 of approximately $1.6 million.

     Interest  Income.  Interest income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998
increased $1.8 million,  or 10.3%,  to $19.3 million,  compared to $17.5 million
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.  The  increase in interest  income was
primarily due to an increase in the average balance of  interest-earning  assets
and an increase in the yield on interest-earning  assets. The average balance of
interest-earning  assets  increased  from $219.9 million for fiscal year 1997 to
$237.1  million for fiscal  1998,  an increase of $17.2  million,  or 7.8%.  The
increase  in the  average  balance of  interest-earning  assets was  primarily a
result of an increase in the average balance of loans, net, of $20.0 million, or
10.2%,  and an decrease in short-term  investments and investment  securities of
$2.8 million, or 11.6%. The yield on average  interest-earning  assets increased
17 basis points to 8.12%.

     Interest  Expense.  Interest expense  increased $1.0 million,  or 10.9%, to
$10.2  million at March 31,  1998,  compared to $9.2 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997.  The increase in interest  expense was  primarily due to a
$16.2  million,  or 7.9%,  increase in the average  balance of  interest-bearing
liabilities  which increased from $206.4 million for the fiscal year ended March
31,  1997 to $222.6  million  for the fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1998 and an
increase in the cost of interest-bearing  liabilities which increased from 4.47%
for the fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1997 to 4.58% for the fiscal  year ended
March  31,  1998.  The  increase  in the  average  balance  of  interest-bearing
liabilities  was  primarily a result of an  increase  in the average  balance of
deposits of $12.0  million,  or 6.3%,  and an increase of borrowed funds of $4.3
million, or 25.5%. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased 11
basis points to 4.58%.

     Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income  before the  provision for loan
losses  increased  $791,000,  or 9.5%, for the fiscal year. These increases were
primarily  the  result  of the  increased  level  of  the  loan  and  investment
portfolios and the increase in net interest margin.  The net interest margin was
3.82% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, compared to 3.76% for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1997.


                                       36
<PAGE>

     Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses increased $739,000
to $856,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1998,  compared to $117,000 for
the fiscal year ended March 31,  1997.  The increase in the  provision  for loan
losses resulted from management's review and evaluation of the risks inherent in
its loan  portfolio.  This  increase was made after an  assessment of the Bank's
loan  portfolio  and, in  particular,  specific loan pools that were  internally
classified  by the Bank.  At March  31,  1998,  the  allowance  for loan  losses
totalled $2.5 million, representing 110.3% of non-performing assets and 1.10% of
total loans,  compared to $1.7  million  representing  104.2% of  non-performing
assets and 0.81% of total loans at March 31, 1997.  Management believes that the
provision  for loan  losses and the  allowance  for loan  losses  are  currently
reasonable and adequate to cover any losses reasonably  expected in the existing
loan portfolio.  While management estimates loan losses using the best available
information,  no assurances can be given that future  additions to the allowance
will not be  necessary  based on  changes in  economic  and real  estate  market
conditions, further information obtained regarding problem loans, identification
of  additional  problem  loans and other  factors,  both  within and  outside of
management's  control.   Additionally,   with  the  recent  Conversion  and  the
expectations of the Bank to grow its existing loan portfolio,  future  additions
to the allowance may be necessary to maintain adequate coverage ratios.

     Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income decreased $94,000, or 23.1% to
$313,000  for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998  compared to $407,000 for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. This reduction was primarily the result of the
recognition of gains on sale of investments of $123,000 in the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1997 of which there were none in 1998. In addition, for the year ended
March 31, 1998, only minor increases in service charges on deposit  accounts and
other income were recognized by the Bank.

     Noninterest  Expense.  Total noninterest expense increased $3.6 million, or
48.6%,  to $11.0  million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998,  compared to
the $7.4  million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.  Total  salaries and
benefits  increased  $741,000,  or  19.5%,  a net  result  of  the  $601,000  in
compensation expense associated with the ESOP allocation and the increased level
of salaries in fiscal 1998 and a $697,000 expense in fiscal 1997 associated with
the  establishment  of a benefit  equalization  plan.  Occupancy  and  equipment
expense totalled $944,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998,  compared to
$849,000 for the same period last year,  primarily due to the increased level of
depreciation expense on building and leasehold  improvements.  Deposit insurance
premiums  decreased $1.3 million in fiscal 1998,  mainly from the recognition in
fiscal 1997 of a $1.1 million  expense  related to the SAIF Special  Assessment.
Other operating expenses,  which include  contribution of shares of Common Stock
to the Foundation, increased to $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 from $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.  Such  increase
is primarily attributable to the contribution expense of $3.8 million in forming
the Foundation and $688,000 in expenses  associated  with the Conversion  during
fiscal year 1998 and the expenses  associated  with the merger of Union  Federal
Savings Bank during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.

     Income Taxes.  A tax benefit of $751,000 was recognized for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998, an effective  rate of 30.0%.  The effective  rate is lower
than the expected rate due to the non-deductibility of certain items relating to
the Conversion. Income tax expense for the year ended March 31, 1997 was $10,000
on income  before  taxes of $1.1  million,  an  effective  rate of  0.88%.  This
reduction  from a  normalized  tax  expense was the result of an  adjustment  of
deferred  taxes  pertaining to the provision  for loan losses  resulting  from a
change in federal  tax law of  $339,000  and the  elimination  of the  valuation
allowance for deferred taxes of $209,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Bank's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  principal and interest
payments on loans,  mortgage-backed and investment securities and FHLB advances.
While maturities and scheduled  amortization of loans are predictable sources of
funds,  deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general
interest rates,  economic conditions and competition.  The Bank has continued to
maintain the  required  levels of liquid  assets as defined by OTS  regulations.
This  requirement  of the OTS,  which may be varied at the  direction of the OTS
depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a percentage
of deposits and short-term  borrowings.  The Bank's currently required liquidity
ratio is 4%. At March 31, 1998 and March 31, 1997, the Bank's  liquidity  ratios
were 24.7% and


                                       37

<PAGE>

6.9%,  respectively.  Management's strategy is to maintain liquidity as close as
possible  to the  minimum  regulatory  requirement  and  to  invest  any  excess
liquidity  in higher  yielding  interest-earning  assets.  The Bank  manages its
liquidity  position and demands for funding  primarily by investing excess funds
in short-term investments and utilizing FHLB advances in periods when the Bank's
demands for liquidity exceed funding from deposit inflows.

     The Bank's most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and securities.
The levels of these  assets are  dependent on the Bank's  operating,  financing,
lending and investing  activities  during any given  period.  At March 31, 1998,
cash and cash  equivalents and securities  totalled $62.2 million,  or 21.06% of
total assets.

     The Bank has other  sources of  liquidity  if a need for  additional  funds
arises,  including FHLB advances.  At March 31, 1998, the Bank had $20.0 million
in advances  outstanding from the FHLB and, at March 31, 1998, had an additional
overall borrowing capacity from the FHLB of $146.8 million.  Depending on market
conditions,  the pricing of deposit  products  and FHLB  advances,  the Bank may
continue to rely on FHLB borrowings to fund asset growth.

     At March 31,  1998,  the Bank had  commitments  to fund  loans  and  unused
outstanding lines of credit and undisbursed  proceeds of construction  mortgages
totaling $4.9 million.  The Bank  anticipates that it will have sufficient funds
available  to  meet  its  current  loan  origination  commitments.   Certificate
accounts,  including  IRA and Keogh  accounts,  which are scheduled to mature in
less than one year from March 31, 1998, totalled $89.2 million.

     At  March  31,  1998,  the  Bank  exceeded  all of its  regulatory  capital
requirements with a tangible capital level of $39.0 million,  or 13.3%, of total
adjusted  assets,  which is above the required  level of $4.4 million,  or 1.5%;
core capital of $39.0  million,  or 13.3%,  of total adjusted  assets,  which is
above the required  level of $11.7 million,  or 4.0%; and risk-based  capital of
$41.0 million,  or 26.3%, of risk-weighted  assets,  which is above the required
level of $12.5 million, or 8.0%.

Year 2000 Compliance

     As the year 2000  approaches,  an  important  business  issue  has  emerged
regarding how existing  application  software programs and operating systems can
accommodate  this date  value.  Many  existing  application  software  products,
including  the Bank's,  were  designed to  accommodate  a  two-digit  year.  For
example,  "97" is stored on the system and  represents  1997. The Bank primarily
utilizes a third-party  vendor for processing the primary banking  applications.
In addition,  the Bank also uses third-party vendor application software for all
ancillary computer  applications.  The third-party vendor for the Bank's banking
applications  is  in  the  process  of  modifying  and  upgrading  its  computer
applications to ensure Year 2000 compliance.  To assist in this effort, the Bank
has been  advised by such  vendor  that the vendor has hired the  services  of a
consultant  to review the plan and assist  such  vendor in  achieving  Year 2000
compliance  by December 31, 1998. In addition,  the Bank  instituted a Year 2000
compliance  program  whereby the Bank reviewed the Year 2000  compliance  issues
that may be faced by its other third-party  vendors.  The Bank examined the need
for  modifications  or  replacement  of all non-Year  2000  compliant  pieces of
software.  The Bank  does not  currently  expect  that the cost of its Year 2000
compliance program will be material to its financial condition and believes that
it will satisfy  such  compliance  program by the end of 1998  without  material
disruption of its operations. In the event that the Bank's significant suppliers
do not successfully and timely achieve Year 2000 compliance, the Bank's business
or operations could be adversely affected. However, management believes that the
Bank's own  internal  system,  networks  and  resources  would allow the Bank to
effectively  operate  and  service its  customers  in the event its  significant
vendors do not  achieve  satisfactory  Year 2000  compliance.  In  addition,  if
significant  vendors failed to meet Year 2000 operating  requirements,  the Bank
intends to engage  alternative  vendors  and  suppliers.  While the Bank  cannot
estimate  the  costs  and  expenses  associated  with  hiring  new  vendors  and
suppliers,  management believes that such costs would not have a material impact
on the Bank's earnings or results of operations.


                                       38

<PAGE>

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

     The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented elsewhere
herein have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  ("GAAP"),  which require the  measurement of financial  position and
operating  results  generally  in terms of  historical  dollar  amounts  without
considering the changes in the relative  purchasing power of money over time due
to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the
Bank's  operations.  Unlike industrial  companies,  nearly all of the assets and
liabilities of the Bank are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have
a greater impact on the Bank's performance than do the effects of general levels
of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to
the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

     Accounting for Long Lived Assets.  In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
("SFAS") No. 121,  "Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long
Lived Assets to be Disposed of" ("SFAS No.  121").  This  Statement  establishes
accounting   standards  for  the  impairment  of  long-lived   assets,   certain
identifiable  intangibles  and  goodwill  related to those assets to be held and
used and for  long-lived  assets  and  certain  identifiable  intangibles  to be
disposed  of.  The  Statement   requires  that  long-lived  assets  and  certain
identifiable  intangibles  to be held and used by an institution be reviewed for
impairment whenever events change and circumstances indicate the carrying amount
of the asset may not be  recoverable.  This Statement  became  effective for the
Bank on April 1, 1996. Adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact
on the earnings or financial position of the Bank.

     Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.  In November 1995, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation"  ("SFAS No. 123"). This
statement  establishes  financial  accounting standards for stock-based employee
compensation  plans.  SFAS No. 123 permits the Bank to choose  either a new fair
value based method or the current Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion 25
intrinsic  value based method of  accounting  for its  stock-based  compensation
arrangements.  SFAS No. 123 requires pro forma  disclosures  of net earnings and
earnings  per share  computed as if the fair value based method had been applied
in financial statements of companies that continue to follow current practice in
accounting for such  arrangements  under APB Opinion 25. SFAS No. 123 applies to
all stock-based  employee  compensation plans in which an employer grants shares
of its stock or other equity  instruments to employees except for employee stock
ownership plans. SFAS No. 123 also applies to plans in which the employer incurs
liabilities to employees in amounts based on the price of the employer's  stock,
(e.g.,  stock option plans,  stock purchase  plans,  restricted  stock plans and
stock  appreciation  rights).  The statement  also  specifies the accounting for
transactions in which a company issues stock options or other equity instruments
for  services  provided by  nonemployees  or to acquire  goods or services  from
outside  suppliers or vendors.  The  recognition  provisions of SFAS No. 123 for
companies  choosing to adopt the new fair value based method of  accounting  for
stock-based  compensation  arrangements  will apply to all transactions  entered
into in fiscal years that begin after  December  15, 1995.  Any effect that this
statement  will have on the Bank will be  applicable  upon the  granting  of any
stock under stock-based employee  compensation plans. The Bank intends to follow
the APB Opinion 25 method upon adoption,  but will provide pro forma  disclosure
as if the fair value method had been applied.

     Accounting   for   Transfers   and   Servicing  of  Financial   Assets  and
Extinguishments  of  Liabilities.  In June  1996 the FASB  issued  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing
of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments of Liabilities"  ("SFAS No. 125"). This
Statement  provides   accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  transfers  and
servicing  of  financial  assets and  extinguishments  of  liabilities  based on
consistent  application  of a  financial-components  approach  that  focuses  on
control.  It  distinguishes  transfers of  financial  assets that are sales from
transfers that are secured borrowings. Under the financial-components  approach,
after a transfer of financial  assets,  an entity  recognizes  all financial and
servicing  assets it controls and  liabilities it has incurred and  derecognizes
financial   assets  it  no  longer  controls  and  liabilities  that  have  been
extinguished.  The  financial-components  approach  focuses  on the  assets  and
liabilities that exist after the transfer.  Many of these assets and liabilities
are  components of financial  assets that existed  prior to the  transfer.  If a
transfer does not meet the criteria for a sale, the


                                       39

<PAGE>

transfer is accounted for as a secured  borrowing  with a pledge of  collateral.
The Statement is effective  for transfers and servicing of financial  assets and
extinguishments  of  liabilities  occurring  after  December 31,  1996,  applied
prospectively.  Earlier or  retroactive  application  of this  Statement  is not
permitted.  The adoption of the non-deferred  provisions of this Statement as of
January  1,  1997 did not have a  material  impact  on the  Bank's  consolidated
financial statements.

     Reporting Comprehensive Income. In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," ("SFAS No. 130"). This statement establishes
standards for reporting and display of  comprehensive  income and its components
(revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses)  in a  full  set  of  general-purpose
financial  statements.  This statement requires that all items that are required
to be recognized  under  accounting  standards as  components  of  comprehensive
income be reported  in a financial  statement  that is  displayed  with the same
prominence as other  financial  statements.  This  statement  does not require a
specific  format for that  financial  statement  but requires that an enterprise
display an amount representing total comprehensive income for the period in that
financial statement. SFAS No. 130 requires that an enterprise (a) classify items
of other  comprehensive  income by their nature in a financial statement and (b)
display the accumulated  balance of other  comprehensive  income separately from
retained  earnings and  additional  paid-in  capital in the equity  section of a
statement of financial  position.  It does not address  issues of recognition or
measurement  for  comprehensive  income  and its  components.  SFAS  No.  130 is
effective for fiscal years beginning  after December 31, 1997.  Reclassification
of financial statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is
required. The Bank does not expect that upon adoption,  this statement will have
a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

     Disclosures  about  Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information.  In
June 1997 the FASB  issued  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments  of an
Enterprise  and  Related   Information,"   ("SFAS  No.  131").   This  Statement
establishes standards for the way public business enterprises report information
about operating segments in financial statements.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for
financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after December 15, 1997. The Bank
does not  expect  that  under  this  statement  it will be  required  to  report
additional  information  because its present  organization  consists of only one
operating segment as defined by the Statement.

     Other New Accounting  Standards.  SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS
No. 128") is effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 129,
"Disclosure  of  Information  about  Capital  Structure"  ("SFAS  No.  129")  is
effective  for periods  ending after  December  15,  1997.  The Company and Bank
expect that the adoption of these  standards will not have a material  impact on
the Company's and Bank's consolidated financial statements.

Item 7. Financial Statements.


                                       40

<PAGE>


               [LETTERHEAD OF SHATSWELL, MACLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.]



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
Brookline, Massachusetts

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bay State
Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related
consolidated income statements, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 1998. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the restated consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1998 and 1997 and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended March 31, 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.


                                          /s/ SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

April 27, 1998



                                       41
<PAGE>






                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                             MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997
                      (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ASSETS                                                                         1998        1997  
                                                                            --------   ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>      
Cash and due from banks                                                     $   3,513  $   3,617
Federal Home Loan Bank overnight account                                       46,000        --
                                                                            ---------  ---------
           Cash and cash equivalents                                           49,513      3,617
Investments in available-for-sale securities (at fair value)                    6,523      2,903
Investments in held-to-maturity securities (fair values of $4,274 as of
   March 31, 1998 and $13,306 as of March 31, 1997)                             4,272     13,553
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, at cost                              1,873      1,672
Loans, net of the allowance for loan losses of $2,513 as of March 31, 1998
   and $1,687 as of March 31, 1997                                            224,928    207,063
Loans held-for-sale                                                               822        --
Premises and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization                    2,581      1,898
Other real estate owned                                                           --          73
Accrued interest receivable                                                     1,260      1,233
Deferred tax asset, net                                                         2,065        554
Other assets                                                                    1,454        508
                                                                            ---------  ---------
           Total assets                                                     $ 295,291  $ 233,074
                                                                            =========  =========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Demand deposits                                                             $     485  $     117
Savings and NOW deposits                                                       97,645     90,919
Certificate accounts                                                          109,650    106,023
                                                                            ---------  ---------
           Total deposits                                                     207,780    197,059
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston                                 20,000     14,500
Other borrowed funds                                                            2,176      1,065
Other liabilities                                                               1,761        976
                                                                            ---------  ---------
           Total liabilities                                                  231,717    213,600
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                                
Stockholders' equity:                                                                           
   Common stock, $.01 par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized in                                
     1998, 2,535,232 shares issued and outstanding in 1998                         25        --
   Paid-in capital                                                             49,194        --
   Retained earnings                                                           17,340     19,091
   Unearned ESOP shares                                                        (3,651)       --
   Net unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities,                                
     net of taxes                                                                 666        383
                                                                            ---------  ---------
           Total stockholders' equity                                          63,574     19,474
                                                                            ---------  ---------
           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                       $ 295,291  $ 233,074
                                                                            =========  =========
</TABLE>                                                                 


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                       42
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                         CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                 (In Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  1998          1997          1996  
                                                                                               ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>     
Interest and dividend income:
   Interest and fees on loans                                                                  $ 17,872       $ 15,958      $ 15,414
   Interest and dividends on securities:
     Taxable                                                                                      1,009          1,197           711
   Other interest                                                                                   368            321           423
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Total interest and dividend income                                                    19,249         17,476        16,548
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
Interest expense:
   Interest on deposits                                                                           8,994          8,272         7,936
   Interest on FHLB advances                                                                      1,206            946           487
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Total interest expense                                                                10,200          9,218         8,423
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Net interest and dividend income                                                       9,049          8,258         8,125
Provision for loan losses                                                                           856            117             1
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses                       8,193          8,141         8,124
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
Other income:
   Service charges on deposit accounts                                                              174            163           182
   Securities gains                                                                                 --             123           --
   Gain on sale of mortgage loans                                                                    15              6             2
   Other income                                                                                     124            115           182
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Total other income                                                                       313            407           366
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
Other expense:
   Salaries and employee benefits                                                                 4,545          3,804         3,268
   Occupancy expense                                                                                644            611           605
   Equipment expense                                                                                300            238           213
   Federal deposit insurance premiums                                                               125          1,432           319
   Advertising                                                                                      174            144           164
   Data processing                                                                                  225            164           202
   Contribution of shares of the common stock of Bay State Bancorp, Inc. 
     to The Bay State Federal Savings Charitable Foundation at the
     conversion issued price                                                                      3,756            --            --
   Other expense                                                                                  1,239          1,016           766
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Total other expense                                                                   11,008          7,409         5,537
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)                                           (2,502)         1,139         2,953
Income taxes (benefit)                                                                             (751)            10         1,269
                                                                                               --------       --------      --------
           Net income (loss)                                                                   $ (1,751)      $  1,129      $  1,684
                                                                                               ========       ========      ========
</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                       43
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                 (In Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           Net
                                                                                                           Unrealized
                                                                                                           Holding
                                                                                                           Gain On
                                                                                             Unearned      Available-
                                                     Common       Paid-in      Retained        ESOP        For-Sale
                                                     Stock        Capital      Earnings        Shares      Securities         Total
                                                     -----        -------      --------        ------     ----------          -----
<S>                                                <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>     
Balance, March 31, 1995                               $--        $   --        $ 16,278       $   --         $    199      $ 16,477
Net income                                             --            --           1,684           --             --           1,684
Net change in unrealized
   holding gain on available-
   for-sale securities                                 --            --            --             --              178           178
                                                   --------      --------      --------       --------       --------      --------
Balance, March 31, 1996                                --            --          17,962           --              377        18,339
Net income                                             --            --           1,129           --             --           1,129
Net change in unrealized
   holding gain on available-
   for-sale securities                                 --            --            --             --                6             6
                                                   --------      --------      --------       --------       --------      --------
Balance, March 31, 1997                                --            --          19,091           --              383        19,474
Net loss                                               --            --          (1,751)          --             --          (1,751)
Net change in unrealized
   holding gain on available-
   for-sale securities                                 --            --            --             --              283           283
Stock issued pursuant to
   initial common stock
   offering                                              23        45,245          --             --             --          45,268
Issuance of 187,795 shares
   of common stock to The
   Bay State Federal Savings
   Charitable Foundation                                  2         3,754          --             --             --           3,756
Common stock acquired by
   ESOP                                                --            --            --           (4,056)          --          (4,056)
Reduction in unearned ESOP
   shares charged to expense                           --            --            --              405           --             405
Appreciation in fair value of
   unearned ESOP shares
   charged to expense                                  --             195          --             --             --             195
                                                   --------      --------      --------       --------       --------      --------
                                                   $     25      $ 49,194      $ 17,340       $ (3,651)      $    666      $ 63,574
                                                   ========      ========      ========       ========       ========      ========
</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                       44
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                 (In Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              1998           1997            1996  
                                                                                           ---------      ---------       ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>     
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss)                                                                       $ (1,751)       $  1,129        $  1,684
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Contribution of shares to The Bay State Federal Savings
       Charitable Foundation                                                                  3,756            --              --
     Appreciation in fair value of ESOP shares                                                  195            --              --
     Reduction in unearned ESOP shares                                                          405            --              --
     Gain on sales of premises and equipment                                                   --                (5)           --
     Disposals of premises and equipment                                                       --                17            --
     Provision for loan losses                                                                  856             117               1
     Net (increase) decrease in mortgage loans
       held-for-sale                                                                           (822)             47             (47)
     Gain on sale of mortgage loans                                                             (15)             (6)             (2)
     Depreciation and amortization                                                              235             199             201
     Increase (decrease) in deferred loan origination fees                                       33             (58)            (93)
     Securities gains from sales of available-for-sale securities, net                         --              (123)           --
     Amortization of securities, net of accretion                                                 9               3            --
     Deferred tax (benefit) expense                                                          (1,707)           (626)            119
     Decrease in income taxes payable                                                          (118)           (214)            (65)
     Write-downs of other real estate owned                                                    --              --                 5
     Gain on sale of other real estate owned                                                    (19)            (33)           --
     Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                                                   329               3             (87)
     Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses                                                    439             549              (3)
     Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable                                              6              (2)              2
     Decrease in other assets                                                                    63              83              32
     Increase in cash surrender value                                                          --               (27)            (28)
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses                                                   (176)            130               6
     Increase in accrued interest receivable                                                    (27)            (55)           (176)
                                                                                           --------        --------        --------

   Net cash provided by operating activities                                                  1,691           1,128           1,549
                                                                                           --------        --------        --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned                                               322              49            --
   Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity
     securities                                                                               9,272           2,625           2,353
   Purchases of held-to-maturity securities                                                    --              --           (12,822)
   Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities                                        --               139            --
   Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities                                   --             1,500            --
   Purchases of available-for-sale securities                                                (3,141)         (1,127)         (1,083)
   Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                                    (201)           --                (8)
   Distribution to Rabbi Trust                                                                 (704)           --              --
   Net increase in loans                                                                    (18,988)        (20,627)         (2,006)
   Recoveries of loans previously charged off                                                    19              21              97
   Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment                                               --                14            --
   Capital expenditures                                                                        (918)           (604)           (152)
                                                                                           --------        --------        --------

   Net cash used in investing activities                                                    (14,339)        (18,010)        (13,621)
                                                                                           --------        --------        --------
</TABLE>



                                       45
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                   (Continued)

                                 (In Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                         1998               1997             1996 
                                                                                      ---------          ---------        ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>               <C>               <C>     
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                46,949              --                --
   Costs related to issuance of common stock                                             (1,681)             --                --
   Payments to acquire common stock for ESOP                                             (4,056)             --                --
   Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, NOW
     and savings accounts                                                                 7,094             5,227            (5,316)
   Net increase in certificate accounts                                                   3,627             3,899            14,912
   Repayment of advances from the Federal Home
     Loan Bank                                                                          (74,000)          (71,300)          (38,650)
   Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank                                              79,500            74,150            42,300
   Net increase in other borrowed funds                                                   1,111                17               385
                                                                                       --------          --------          --------

   Net cash provided by financing activities                                             58,544            11,993            13,631
                                                                                       --------          --------          --------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                     45,896            (4,889)            1,559
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                          3,617             8,506             6,947
                                                                                       --------          --------          --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                             $ 49,513          $  3,617          $  8,506
                                                                                       ========          ========          ========

Supplemental disclosures:
   Interest paid                                                                       $ 10,194          $  9,220          $  8,421
   Income taxes paid                                                                      1,074               916             1,215
   Loans transferred to other real estate owned                                             230               309              --
   Loans originated from sales of other real estate owned                                  --                 285              --
</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                       46
<PAGE>



                 BAYSTATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Bay State Bancorp, Inc. (Company) is a Delaware corporation that was organized
to become the holding company of Bay State Federal Savings Bank (Bank). The
Company's primary purpose is to act as the holding company for the Bank.

In connection with the organization of the Company, on March 27, 1998, the Bank
became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and the Bank converted from a
federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock
savings bank as described in Note 16.

The Bank was incorporated in 1920 and is headquartered in Brookline,
Massachusetts. The Bank operates its business from five banking offices located
in Massachusetts. The reporting entity is Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly
owned subsidiaries Bay State Funding Corporation and Bay State Federal Savings
Bank and the Bank's wholly owned subsidiary, BSF Service Corporation. In the
year ended March 31, 1997 Union Federal Savings Bank ("Union Federal"), a mutual
entity was merged with and into Bay State Federal Savings Bank. The merger was
accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. The merger met all of the conditions
specified by APB 16 to be accounted for by the pooling-of-interests method. The
two banks were independent of each other and combined in their entirety to
continue what was once previously separate operations, with Bay State Federal
Savings Bank being the surviving entity. The depositors of Union Federal became
depositors of Bay State Federal Savings Bank. There were no transactions after
the merger that were inconsistent with the combining of the interests of the
depositors. See Note 15.

The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and business
customers in eastern Massachusetts. The Company is subject to competition from
other financial institutions doing business in eastern Massachusetts.

NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to generally
accepted accounting principles and predominant practices within the banking
industry. The financial statements of the Company were prepared using the
accrual basis of accounting. The significant accounting policies of the Company
are summarized below to assist the reader in better understanding the financial
statements and other data contained herein.

     PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES:

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
     financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
     during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from the
     estimates.

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
     Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Bay State Funding
     Corporation and Bay State Federal Savings Bank and the Bank's wholly owned
     subsidiary, BSF Service Corporation. BSF Service Corporation, which has
     been inactive since 1994, is a subsidiary which was formed for the purpose
     of real estate development activities. Bay State Funding Corporation was
     established to lend funds to the Company sponsored employee stock ownership
     plan and related trust for the purchase of stock in the initial public
     offering. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
     eliminated in consolidation.



                                       47
<PAGE>


     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

     For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include
     cash on hand, cash items, due from banks and the Federal Home Loan Bank
     overnight account.

     SECURITIES:

     Investments in debt securities are adjusted for amortization of premiums
     and accretion of discounts calculated using the interest method. Gains or
     losses on sales of investment securities are computed on a specific
     identification basis.

     The Company classifies debt and equity securities into one of two
     categories: available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. In general, securities
     may be classified as held-to-maturity only if the Company has the positive
     intent and ability to hold them to maturity. All other securities must be
     classified as available-for-sale.

     --   Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value on the balance
          sheet. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not included in
          earnings, but are reported as a net amount (less expected tax) in a
          separate component of capital until realized.

     --   Held-to-maturity securities are measured at amortized cost in the
          balance sheet. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not included in
          earnings or in a separate component of capital. They are merely
          disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

     LOANS:

     Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
     foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their
     outstanding principal balances reduced by amounts due to borrowers on
     unadvanced loans, any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses and any
     deferred fees or costs on originated loans, or unamortized premiums or
     discounts on purchased loans.

     Interest on loans is recognized on a simple interest basis.

     Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct origination costs
     are deferred, and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related
     loan's yield. The Company is amortizing these amounts over the contractual
     life of the related loans using the interest method.

     Cash receipts of interest income on impaired loans is credited to principal
     to the extent necessary to eliminate doubt as to the collectibility of the
     net carrying amount of the loan. Some or all of the cash receipts of
     interest income on impaired loans is recognized as interest income if the
     remaining net carrying amount of the loan is deemed to be fully
     collectible. When recognition of interest income on an impaired loan on a
     cash basis is appropriate, the amount of income that is recognized is
     limited to that which would have been accrued on the net carrying amount of
     the loan at the contractual interest rate. Any cash interest payments
     received in excess of the limit and not applied to reduce the net carrying
     amount of the loan are recorded as recoveries of charge-offs until the
     charge-offs are fully recovered.

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES:

     An allowance is available for losses which may be incurred in the future on
     loans in the current portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions
     charged to current operations and is decreased by loan losses, net of
     recoveries. The allowance for loan losses is established through a
     provision for loan losses based on management's evaluation of the risks
     inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy. The allowance for
     loan losses is maintained at an amount management considers adequate to
     cover estimated losses on loans which are deemed probable and estimable
     based on information currently known to management. The allowance is based
     upon a number of factors, including current economic conditions, actual
     loss experience and industry trends. The balance in the allowance for loan
     losses is considered adequate by management to absorb any reasonably
     foreseeable loan losses.


                                       48
<PAGE>


     As of April 1, 1995, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," as
     amended by SFAS No. 118. According to SFAS No. 114, a loan is impaired
     when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a
     creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the
     contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Statement requires that
     impaired loans be measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present
     value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective
     interest rate, the loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the
     collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

     The Statement is applicable to all loans, except large groups of smaller
     balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment,
     loans that are measured at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair
     value, leases, and convertible or nonconvertible debentures and bonds and
     other debt securities. The Company considers its residential real estate
     loans and consumer loans that are not individually significant to be large
     groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans.

     Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment
     status, net worth and collateral value. An insignificant payment delay or
     an insignificant shortfall in payment does not in itself result in the
     review of a loan for impairment. The Company applies SFAS No. 114 on a
     loan-by-loan basis. The Company does not apply SFAS No. 114 to aggregations
     of loans that have risk characteristics in common with other impaired
     loans. Interest on a loan is not generally accrued when the loan becomes
     ninety or more days overdue. The Company may place a loan on nonaccrual
     status but not classify it as impaired, if (i) it is probable that the
     Company will collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual
     terms of the loan or (ii) the loan is an individually insignificant
     residential mortgage loan or consumer loan. Impaired loans are charged-off
     when management believes that the collectibility of the loan's principal is
     remote. Substantially all of the Company's loans that have been identified
     as impaired have been measured by the fair value of existing collateral.

     The financial statement impact of adopting the provisions of this Statement
     was not material.

     LOANS HELD-FOR-SALE:

     Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market
     value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a
     valuation allowance by charges to income.

     PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

     Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation
     and amortization. Cost and related allowances for depreciation and
     amortization of premises and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are
     removed from the respective accounts with any gain or loss included in
     income or expense. Depreciation and amortization are calculated principally
     on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

     OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED AND IN-SUBSTANCE FORECLOSURES:

     Other real estate owned includes properties acquired through foreclosure
     and properties classified as in-substance foreclosures in accordance with
     Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 15, "Accounting by
     Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructuring." These properties
     are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated
     costs to sell. Any writedown from cost to estimated fair value required at
     the time of foreclosure or classification as in-substance foreclosure is
     charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred in connection
     with maintaining these assets, subsequent writedowns and gains or losses
     recognized upon sale are included in other expense.

     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114
     "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," the Company classifies
     loans as in-substance repossessed or foreclosed if the Company receives
     physical possession of the debtor's assets regardless of whether formal
     foreclosure proceedings take place.



                                       49
<PAGE>


     INCOME TAXES:

     The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method.
     Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for
     the temporary differences between the accounting basis and the tax basis of
     the Company's assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in
     effect when the amounts related to such temporary differences are realized
     or settled.

     PENSION:

     Pension costs are funded as accrued.

     FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about
     Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires that the Company disclose
     estimated fair value for its financial instruments. Fair value methods and
     assumptions used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures
     are as follows:

     Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance
     sheet for cash and the Federal Home Loan Bank overnight account approximate
     those assets' fair values.

     Securities (including mortgage-backed securities): Fair values for
     securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted
     market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market
     prices of comparable instruments.

     Loans receivable: For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with
     no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying
     values. The fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash
     flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with
     similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying amount
     of accrued interest approximates its fair value.

     Deposit liabilities: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g.,
     interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings and money market
     accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the
     reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate
     certificate accounts are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation
     that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a
     schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on certificate accounts.

     Federal Home Loan Bank Advances: Fair values for FHLB advances are
     estimated using a discounted cash flow technique that applies interest
     rates currently being offered on advances to a schedule of aggregated
     expected monthly maturities on FHLB advances.

     Other borrowed funds: Fair values of other borrowed funds are estimated
     using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company's current
     incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

     Off-balance sheet instruments: The fair value of commitments to originate
     loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar
     agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and
     the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan
     commitments and the unadvanced portion of loans, fair value also considers
     the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed
     rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently
     charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them
     or otherwise settle the obligation with the counterparties at the reporting
     date.




                                       50
<PAGE>


NOTE 3 - SECURITIES

Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance
sheets according to management's intent. The amortized cost basis of securities
and their approximate fair values are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Gross        Gross
                                    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized
                                      Cost        Holding      Holding       Fair
                                      Basis       Gains        Losses        Value  
                                      -----       -----        ------        -----  
                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>   
Available-for-sale securities:
March 31, 1998:
  Marketable equity securities       $5,391       $1,135       $    3       $6,523
                                     ======       ======       ======       ======

March 31, 1997:
  Marketable equity securities       $2,250       $  654       $    1       $2,903
                                     ======       ======       ======       ======

<CAPTION>

                                                  Gross        Gross
                                    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized
                                      Cost        Holding      Holding       Fair
                                      Basis       Gains        Losses        Value  
                                      -----       -----        ------        -----  
                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>    
Held-to-maturity securities:
March 31, 1998:
  U.S. Government securities         $ 2,001      $  --        $     2      $ 1,999
  Mortgage-backed securities           2,271            5            1        2,275
                                     -------      -------      -------      -------
                                     $ 4,272      $     5      $     3      $ 4,274
                                     =======      =======      =======      =======

March 31, 1997:
  U.S. Government securities         $10,303      $  --        $   174      $10,129
  Mortgage-backed securities           3,250         --             73        3,177
                                     -------      -------      -------      -------
                                     $13,553      $  --        $   247      $13,306
                                     =======      =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

The scheduled maturities of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity were
as follows as of March 31, 1998:
 
                                                         Amortized
                                                           Cost        Fair
                                                           Basis       Value  
                                                           -----       -----  
                                                             (In Thousands)
Debt securities other than mortgage-backed securities:
  Due within one year                                      $2,001     $1,999
Mortgage-backed securities                                  2,271      2,275
                                                           ------     ------
                                                           $4,272     $4,274
                                                           ======     ======

There were no securities pledged as of March 31, 1998 and 1997.

During the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 proceeds from sales of
available-for-sale securities amounted to $0, $139 and $0, respectively. During
the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 gross realized gains on those
sales amounted to $0, $123 and $0, respectively.


                                       51
<PAGE>



There were no issuers of securities whose amortized cost basis and fair value
exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity as of March 31, 1998.

NOTE 4 - LOANS 

Loans consisted of the following as of March 31:

                                                         1998             1997 
                                                      ----------      ----------
                                                            (In Thousands)
Mortgage loans:
   Residential - secured by 1-4 family                 $ 157,240      $ 162,837
   Equity lines                                            4,028          2,359
   Residential - secured by multi-family                  22,411         14,624
   Construction and development                            5,287          1,482
   Commercial                                             35,511         25,291
                                                       ---------      ---------
           Total mortgage loans                          224,477        206,593
                                                       ---------      ---------
Other loans:
   Loans secured by deposit accounts                         564            407
   Other consumer loans                                    2,870          2,187
                                                       ---------      ---------
           Total other loans                               3,434          2,594
                                                       ---------      ---------
           Total principal balance                       227,911        209,187
                                                       ---------      ---------
Allowance for loan losses                                 (2,513)        (1,687)
Deferred loan origination fees                              (470)          (437)
                                                       ---------      ---------
                                                          (2,983)        (2,124)
                                                       ---------      ---------
           Loans, net                                  $ 224,928      $ 207,063
                                                       =========      =========

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and companies in which
they have significant ownership interest were customers of the Company during
the year ended March 31, 1998. Total loans to such persons and their companies
amounted to $4,379 as of March 31, 1998. During the year ended March 31, 1998
principal payments and advances totaled $297 and $0, respectively.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows for the years ended
March 31:

                                                   1998        1997       1996  
                                                  ------      ------     -------
                                                          (In Thousands)
Balance at beginning of period                    $ 1,687    $ 1,774    $ 1,825
Loans charged off                                     (49)      (225)      (149)
Provision for loan losses                             856        117          1
Recoveries of loans previously charged off             19         21         97
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Balance at end of period                          $ 2,513    $ 1,687    $ 1,774
                                                  =======    =======    =======

There were no loans that meet the definition of an impaired loan in Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 114 as of March 31, 1998 and 1997, during the
years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.



                                       52
<PAGE>


Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 122, "Accounting for Mortgage
Servicing Rights," SFAS No. 122, became effective for the Bank on April 1, 1996.
As of April 1, 1997, SFAS No. 122 was superceded by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" (SFAS No. 125). In the
fiscal years ending March 31, 1998 and 1997 the Company sold mortgage loans
totaling $2,359 and $749, respectively and retained the servicing rights. The
fair value of those rights under SFAS No. 122 and SFAS No. 125 is not material
and has not been recognized in the financial statements for the years ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997.

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET OF DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

The following is a summary of premises and equipment as of March 31:

                                                                       Estimated
                                                                        Useful
                                                1998        1997         Life  
                                               -------    -------     ----------
                                                  (In Thousands)
Land                                           $   355    $   355
Building and improvements                        2,144      1,614    25-50 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                1,869      1,528     5-10 years
Leasehold improvements                             263        208     5-10 years
Construction in progress                            68         76
                                               -------    -------    
                                                 4,699      3,781
Accumulated depreciation and amortization       (2,118)    (1,883)
                                               -------    -------
                                               $ 2,581     $1,898
                                               =======    =======

NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of certificate accounts, each with a minimum denomination
of $100 was approximately $14,876 and $13,188 as of March 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. Deposits greater than $100 are not federally insured.

For certificate accounts as of March 31, 1998, the aggregate amount of
maturities for each of the following five years ended March 31, and thereafter
are:

                                                               (In Thousands)
              1999                                                $ 89,243
              2000                                                  12,998
              2001                                                   3,808
              2002                                                   1,731
              2003                                                   1,845
              Thereafter                                                25
                                                                  --------
                                                                  $109,650
                                                                  ========

NOTE 7 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK (FHLB) ADVANCES

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Boston and as such is required to invest in
$100 par value stock in the amount of 1% of its outstanding home loans or 5% of
its outstanding advances from the FHLB or 1% of 30% of total assets, whichever
is highest. When such stock is redeemed, the Bank receives from the FHLB an
amount equal to the par value of the stock.




                                       53
<PAGE>




FHLB of Boston advances by year of maturity were as follows as of March 31,
1998:

                                                                Average
                                                                Stated
                                               Amount           Rate   
                                               ------           ----  
                                           (In Thousands)
                  1999                        $  5,000          5.59%
                  2008                          15,000          4.97%
                                              --------
                                              $ 20,000
                                              ========

The advances with maturity dates in 2008 all have call dates in the year ended
March 31, 1999 and are callable quarterly thereafter.

In accordance with the FHLB of Boston's collateral requirements, a portion of
first mortgage loans on residential property and all deposits and stock in the
FHLB of Boston are available as collateral to secure such advances.

NOTE 8 - OTHER BORROWED FUNDS

Other borrowed funds consist of overdrawn accounts with the Federal Home Loan
Bank of Boston.

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)

The components of the income tax expense (benefit) are as follows for the years
ended March 31:

                                                    1998        1997       1996 
                                                   ------      ------     ------
                                                           (In Thousands)
Current:
   Federal                                         $   672    $   461    $   830
   State                                               284        175        320
                                                   -------    -------    -------
                                                       956        636      1,150
                                                   -------    -------    -------
Deferred:
   Federal                                          (1,572)      (317)        84
   State                                              (135)      (100)        35
                                                   -------    -------    -------
                                                    (1,707)      (417)       119
                                                   -------    -------    -------
Change in valuation allowance                         --         (209)      --  
                                                   -------    -------    -------
           Total income tax expense (benefit)      $  (751)   $    10    $ 1,269
                                                   =======    =======    =======

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rates
and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows for the years ended March
31:

                                                      1998     1997     1996
                                                      ----     ----     ----
Federal income tax at statutory rate                 (34.0)%   34.0%    34.0%
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
   Cash surrender value of life insurance               .3      (.8)     (.4)
   Other                                               (.2)   (19.2)     1.4
   Change in valuation allowance                       --     (18.3)     --
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit    3.9      4.3      8.0
                                                     -----    -----     -----
                                                     (30.0)%      0%    43.0%
                                                     =====    =====     ===== 
                                                     



                                       54
<PAGE>



The Company had gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as
follows as of March 31:

                                                            1998         1997 
                                                          -------       ------
                                                              (In Thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
   Allowance for loan losses                               $   961      $   618
   Deferred loan fees                                           29           36
   Contribution carryover                                    1,203         --
   ESOP expense                                                 56         --
   Accrued retirement expense                                   67         --
   Writedowns-other assets                                    --             26
   Accrued deferred compensation                               265          236
   Other                                                        98           24
                                                           -------      -------
           Gross deferred tax assets                         2,679          940
                                                           -------      -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation                                               (148)        (116)
   Net unrealized holding gain on securities                  (466)        (270)
                                                           -------      -------
           Gross deferred tax liabilities                     (614)        (386)
                                                           -------      -------
Net deferred tax assets                                    $ 2,065      $   554
                                                           =======      =======

Based on the Company's historical and current pretax earnings, management
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the net
deferred tax asset existing as of March 31, 1998 and 1997. Management believes
that existing net deductible temporary differences which give rise to the net
deferred tax asset will reverse during periods in which the Company generates
net taxable income. In addition, gross deductible temporary differences are
expected to reverse in periods during which offsetting gross taxable temporary
differences are expected to reverse. Factors beyond management's control, such
as the general state of the economy and real estate values, can affect future
levels of taxable income and no assurance can be given that sufficient taxable
income will be generated to fully absorb gross deductible temporary differences.
As of March 31, 1998 and 1997, recoverable income taxes exceed the amount of the
net deferred tax asset.

In prior years, the Bank was allowed a special tax-basis bad debt deduction
under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, retained
earnings of the Bank as of March 31, 1998 and 1997 includes approximately $5,812
and $5,818, respectively for which federal and state income taxes have not been
provided. If the Bank no longer qualifies as a bank as defined in certain
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, this amount will be subject to
recapture in taxable income ratably over six (6) years, subject to a combined
federal and state tax rate of approximately 41%.

NOTE 10 - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company and its subsidiary Bank are subject to various regulatory capital
requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly
additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a
direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action,
the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve
quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet
items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Their capital amounts
and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set
forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), of Tier 1 capital (as
defined) to adjusted total assets (as defined) and Tangible capital (as defined)
to Tangible assets (as defined). Management believes, as of March 31, 1998, that
the Company and the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they
are subject.




                                       55
<PAGE>



As of March 31, 1998, the most recent notification from the Office of Thrift
Supervision categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized
the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 and
Tangible capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or
events since that notification that management believes have changed the
institution's category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              To Be Well
                                                                                                              Capitalized Under
                                                                                     For Capital              Prompt Corrective
                                                                  Actual             Adequacy Purposes:       Action Provisions:
                                                                  ------             ------------------       ------------------
                                                            Amount        Ratio      Amount         Ratio      Amount       Ratio
                                                            ------        -----      ------         -----      ------       -----
                                                                               (Dollar amounts in Thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>       <C>             <C>       <C>        <C> 
As of March 31, 1998:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
   Consolidated                                             $64,865        41.53%    $12,494         >/=8.0%       N/A        N/A
   Bank                                                      40,991        26.25      12,494         >/=8.0    $15,617    >/=10.0%
Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets):
   Consolidated                                              62,908        21.45      11,732         >/=4.0        N/A        N/A
   Bank                                                      39,034        13.31      11,732         >/=4.0     14,665     >/=5.0
Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets):
   Consolidated                                              62,908        21.45         N/A          N/A          N/A        N/A
   Bank                                                      39,034        13.31       4,399         >/=1.5        N/A        N/A
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
   Consolidated                                              62,908        40.28       6,246         >/=4.0        N/A        N/A
   Bank                                                      39,034        24.99       6,246         >/=4.0      9,370     >/=6.0

As of March 31, 1997:
   Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)                  $20,708        16.02%    $10,341         >/=8.0%   $12,927    >/=10.0%
   Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)                19,091         8.20       9,307         >/=4.0     11,634     >/=5.0
   Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets)                     19,091         8.20       3,490         >/=1.5        N/A        N/A
   Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)                  19,091        14.76       5,173         >/=4.0      7,760     >/=6.0
                                                                                                                
</TABLE>

NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

All eligible officers and employees are included in noncontributory defined
benefit pension plan provided by the Company as a participating employer in the
Financial Institutions Retirement Fund (Fund), a multi-employer plan as defined
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87. Employees are eligible to
participate in the Retirement Plan after the completion of 12 consecutive months
of employment with the Company and the attainment of age 21. Hourly paid
employees are excluded from participation in the Retirement Plan. Contributions
are based on individual employers' experience. According to the Fund's
administrators, as of June 30, 1997, the date of the latest actuarial valuation,
the market value of the Fund's net assets exceeded the actuarial present value
of vested and nonvested benefits in the aggregate, using an assumed rate of
return of 7.5%.

Defined benefit pension expense for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996 was $170, $177 and $167, respectively.

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan, Financial Institutions Thrift
Plan (Thrift Plan), covering substantially all of its employees. Employees are
eligible to participate in the Thrift Plan upon the completion of 12 months of
continuous employment with the Company (during which period they complete at
least 1,000 hours of service) and the attainment of age 21. Employees paid on a
hourly basis are not eligible for participation. Thrift Plan contributions made
by the Company for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $45, $34
and $29, respectively.

In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 the Company established a deferred
compensation benefit equalization plan for officers and employees designated by
management. The liability for such plan as of March 31, 1998 and 1997 was $766
and $697, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on the balance
sheets.


                                       56
<PAGE>


In the year ended March 31, 1998 the Company distributed $704 to a Rabbi Trust
in connection with the deferred compensation benefit equalization plan. This
asset has been included in the Company's balance sheet as of March 31, 1998
under other assets because it is available to the general creditors of the
Company in the event of the Company's insolvency.

NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company leases space in three buildings under noncancelable operating leases
which expire in December 1998, February 2000 and February 2002. Rental expense
on these leases was $387, $358 and $354 for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively. The leases require minimum annual rental payments as
follows:

Year ended March 31,                                             (In Thousands)
- --------------------                                             
         1999                                                       $   376
         2000                                                           340
         2001                                                           305
         2002                                                           280
                                                                    -------
              Total minimum lease payments                          $ 1,301
                                                                    =======

NOTE 13 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These
financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of
credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying
degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the
balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of
involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters
of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The
Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional
obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if
deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on
management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may
include secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable, inventory,
property, plant and equipment and income-producing properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to
guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk
involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved
in extending loan facilities to customers.



                                       57
<PAGE>


The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments, all of which
are held or issued for purposes other than trading, are as follows as of March
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     1998                                    1997          
                                                        ------------------------------           ----------------------------
                                                          Carrying                              Carrying
                                                          Amount             Fair Value         Amount            Fair Value
                                                          ------             ----------         ------            ----------
                                                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>    
Financial assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                             $ 49,513           $ 49,513           $  3,617           $  3,617
    Available-for-sale securities                            6,523              6,523              2,903              2,903
    Held-to-maturity securities                              4,272              4,274             13,553             13,306
    Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank
      of Boston                                              1,873              1,873              1,672              1,672
    Loans, net                                             224,928            224,466            207,063            206,124
    Loans held-for-sale                                        822                822               --                 --
    Accrued interest receivable                              1,260              1,260              1,233              1,233

Financial liabilities:
    Deposits                                               207,780            208,176            197,059            197,464
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances                         20,000             19,849             14,500             14,493
    Other borrowed funds                                     2,176              2,176              1,065              1,065
</TABLE>


The carrying amounts of financial instruments shown in the above tables are
included in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions.
Accounting policies related to financial instruments are described in Note 2.

Notional amounts of financial instrument liabilities with off-balance sheet
credit risk are as follows as of March 31:

                                                         1998             1997  
                                                       --------         --------
                                                       Notional         Notional
                                                        Amount           Amount 
                                                        ------           ------ 
                                                             (In Thousands)
Commitments to originate loans                          $14,353          $10,795
Letters of credit                                          --                 25
Unadvanced funds on loans:
   Residential loans                                        503            1,279
   Multi-family loans                                       186             --
   Home equity loans                                      2,753            1,199
   Commercial loans                                       1,707              578
   Construction loans                                     2,534            1,349
                                                        -------          -------
                                                        $22,036          $15,225
                                                        =======          =======

There is no material difference between the notional amount and the estimated
fair value of loan commitments and unadvanced portions of loans.

The Company has no derivative financial instruments subject to the provisions of
SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value
of Financial Instruments."

NOTE 14 - SIGNIFICANT GROUP CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Most of the Company's business activity is with customers located within the
state. There are no concentrations of credit to borrowers that have similar
economic characteristics. The majority of the Company's loan portfolio is
comprised of loans collateralized by real estate located in the state of
Massachusetts.


                                       58
<PAGE>


NOTE 15 - MERGER WITH UNION FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

On February 21, 1997 Union Federal Savings Bank (Union), a mutual entity, was
merged with and into Bay State Federal Savings Bank (Bay State). The merger was
accounted for as a pooling of interests, and accordingly, the accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of Union
for all periods prior to the merger.

Separate results of the combining entities are as follows:

                                                Bay State      Union    Combined
                                                ---------      -----    --------
                                                          (In Thousands)
April 1, 1996 to February 20, 1997
     Net interest and dividend income             $6,372      $1,257      $7,629
     Net income                                    1,177          56       1,233
Year ended March 31, 1996
     Net interest and dividend income              6,683       1,442       8,125
     Net income                                    1,513         171       1,684

Union's fiscal years ended on December 31. The restated financial statements
reflect a change in fiscal years for Union to March 31, to conform to Bay
State's presentation.

NOTE 16 - CONVERSION TO FEDERALLY CHARTERED CAPITAL STOCK SAVINGS BANK

On September 9, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved a Plan of
Conversion for Bay State Federal Savings Bank ("Plan"). Under the Plan the Bank
converted from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered capital stock savings bank. As of March 31, 1998 all of the
stock of the Bank is held by the Company.

The Company issued 2,535,232 shares of its common stock through a public
offering which provided net proceeds of $49,024 after costs of $1,681.

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company established a Charitable Foundation
("Foundation") in connection with the Conversion. Under the Plan, the Bank and
the Company donated an amount of the Company's common stock equal to 8% of the
common stock sold in the Conversion. The Foundation is dedicated to charitable
purposes within the communities in which the Bank operates and to complement the
Bank's existing community activities.

The Foundation has submited a request to the Internal Revenue Service to be
recognized as a tax-exempt organization and will likely be classified as a
private foundation. A contribution of common stock to the Foundation by the
Company is tax deductible, subject to a limitation based on 10 percent of the
Company's annual taxable income. The Company, however, will be able to carry
forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the
contribution. Upon funding the Foundation, the Company recognized an expense in
the full amount of the contribution, offset in part by the corresponding tax
deduction.

At the time of the Conversion, the Bank established a liquidation account in an
amount equal to its equity as reflected in the latest balance sheet used in the
final conversion prospectus. The liquidation account will be maintained for the
benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders
who continue to maintain their accounts at the Bank after the conversion. The
liquidation account will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account
holders and supplemental eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying
deposits as of each anniversary date. Subsequent increases will not restore an
eligible account holder's or supplemental eligible account holder's interest in
the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank,
each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will be
entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount
proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts then
held.

The balance of the liquidation account was $12,871 as of March 31, 1998.

After the conversion, the Bank may not declare or pay dividends on its stock if
such declaration and payment would violate statutory or regulatory requirements.


                                       59
<PAGE>


NOTE 17 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As of March 31, 1998 the Company plans to adopt two stock-based compensation
plans.

Stock Program. The Company intends to adopt the Stock Program which would
provide for the granting of Common Stock to directors, officers and employees of
the Company and its affiliates and seek stockholder approval of such plans at a
meeting of stockholders following the Conversion which, under current OTS
regulations, may be held no earlier than six months after completion of the
Conversion. Assuming the receipt of stockholder approval, the Company expects to
acquire Common Stock on behalf of the Stock Program in an amount equal to 4% of
the Common Stock issued in the Conversion, including shares issued to the
Foundation, or 101,409 shares. These shares will be acquired either through open
market purchases by a trust established for the Stock Program or contributed by
the Company from authorized but unissued Common Stock.

Although no specific award determinations have been made, the Company
anticipates that it will provide awards to the directors, officers and employees
to the extent permitted by applicable regulations. Current OTS regulations
provide that, with respect to any such benefit plan which is implemented within
one year after consummation of the Conversion, no individual may receive more
than 25% of the shares of any such plan and non-employee directors may not
receive more than 5% individually, or 30% in the aggregate, of the shares
awarded under any such plan. Common Stock awarded under the Stock Program will
be awarded at no cost to the recipients. Under the terms of the Stock Program,
an independent trustee will vote unallocated shares in the same proportion as it
receives instructions from recipients with respect to allocated shares which
have not been earned and distributed. The trustee will not vote allocated shares
which have not been distributed if it does not receive instructions from the
recipient. The specific terms of the Stock Program intended to be adopted and
the amounts of awards thereunder have not yet been determined by the Board of
Directors and any such determination will consider various factors, including
but not limited to, the financial condition of the Company, current and past
performance of plan participants and tax and securities law and regulation
requirements. The stock-based benefits provided under the Stock Program and
Stock Option Plan discussed below, may be provided under separate stock program
plans and stock option plans for officers, employees and directors or such
benefits may be provided for under a single master stock-based benefit plan
adopted by the Company which would incorporate the benefits and features in the
separate plans (the "Master Stock-Based Benefit Plan"). The award of Common
Stock under the Stock Program will be an additional compensation expense to the
Company and, accordingly, may result in an increase in the overall compensation
expense in future periods.

Stock Option Plan. The Company also intends to adopt the Stock Option Plan which
would provide to officers, employees and directors of the Company and its
affiliates options to purchase Common Stock. The Company intends to seek
stockholder approval of such plan at a meeting of stockholders following the
Conversation, which under current OTS regulations may be held no earlier than
six months after completion of the Conversion. Although no specific
determinations have been made, assuming the receipt of stockholder approval, the
Company expects that employees, officers and directors will be granted options
to purchase an amount of authorized but unissued Company Stock or treasury
stock, if any, equal to 10% of the Common Stock issued in the Conversion,
including shares issued to the Foundation, or 253,232 shares. Under the Stock
Option Plan, the exercise price of options will be at least equal to the fair
market value of underlying Common Stock on the date of grant. Such options will
permit such officers, employees and directors to benefit from any increase in
the market value of the shares in excess of the exercise price at the time of
exercise. Officers, employees and directors receiving such options will not be
required to pay for the shares until the date of exercise. The specific terms of
the Stock Option Plan intended to be adopted and amounts and awards thereunder
have not yet been determined by the Board of Directors and any such
determination will consider various factors, including but not limited to, the
financial condition of the Company, current and past performance of award
recipients and tax and securities law and regulation requirements. The Stock
Options discussed above may be provided under the Stock Option Plan, may be
provided under separate plans for officers, employees and directors or under the
Master Stock-Based Benefit Plan which would incorporate the features and
benefits of the separate plans. Although no specific award determinations have
been made, the Company anticipates that it will provide awards to the directors,
officers and employees to the extent permitted by applicable regulations.
Current OTS regulations provide that, with respect to any such benefit plan
which is implemented within one year after consummation of the Conversion, no
individual may receive more than 25% of the shares of any such plan and
non-employee directors may not receive more than 5% individually, or 30% in the
aggregate, of the shares awarded under any such plan.

                                       60
<PAGE>


The award and exercise of stock options will result in additional compensation
expense to the Company and, accordingly, may result in an increase in the
overall compensation expense in future periods.

NOTE 18 - EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

On March 27, 1998 (the Conversion date) the Company adopted the Bay State
Federal Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) that became effective
as of April 1, 1997. On March 27, 1998 the ESOP purchased 202,818 shares of the
common stock of the Company. To fund the purchases, the ESOP borrowed $4,056
from Bay State Funding Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company. The borrowing
is at an interest rate of 8.5% and is to be repaid in ten equal installments of
$615 commencing on March 31, 1998 through March 31, 2007. The collateral for the
borrowing is the common stock of the Company purchased by the ESOP.
Contributions by the Company to the ESOP are discretionary, however, the Company
intends to make annual contributions to the ESOP in an aggregate amount at least
equal to the principal and interest requirements on the debt. The shares of
stock of the Company are held in a suspense account until released for
allocation among participants. The shares will be released annually from the
suspense account and the released shares will be allocated among the
participants on the basis of the participant's compensation for the year of
allocation. Participants will vest in their ESOP account at a rate of 20%
annually. As any shares are released from collateral, the Company reports
compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares and the
shares will be outstanding for earnings-per-share purposes. The shares not
released are reported as unearned ESOP shares in the stockholders' equity
section of the balance sheet. ESOP expense of the year ended March 31, 1998 was
$600. The ESOP shares as of March 31, 1998 were as follows:

Allocated shares                                                      0
Shares released for allocation                                   20,282
Unreleased shares                                               182,536
                                                                -------
Total ESOP shares                                               202,818
                                                                =======

Fair value of unreleased shares                                  $5,453
                                                                =======

NOTE 19 - CONTRIBUTION TO CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

On March 27, 1998, the Company contributed 187,795 shares of its common stock to
The Bay State Federal Savings Charitable Foundation (Foundation). The
contribution has been reflected as an expense of the Company at the conversion
issue price of $20.00 per share. The Foundation directors are also officers of,
or members of the Board of the Company or the Bank.

NOTE 20 - EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND SEVERANCE PLAN

Upon regulatory approval, the Bank and the Company intend to enter into
employment agreements with its President and Executive Vice President. The
employment agreements would provide for the continued payment of specified
compensation and benefits for specified periods. The agreements would also
provide for termination by the Company for cause (as defined in the agreements)
at any time. The employment agreements would provide for the payment, under
certain circumstances, of amounts upon termination following a "change in
control" as defined in the agreements. The agreements would also provide for
certain payments in the event of the officers' termination for other than cause
and in the case of voluntary termination.

Upon regulatory approval, the Bank and the Company intend to enter into
change-in-control agreements with certain officers, none of who are covered by
an employment agreement. The agreements would provide that in the event
voluntary or involuntary termination follows a change in control of the Bank or
the company, the officer would be entitled to a severance payment equal to two
times the officers annual compensation.

The Bank's Board of Directors intends to, upon regulatory approval, establish a
severance plan which will provide eligible employees with severance pay benefits
in the event of a change in control of the Bank or the Company. Management
personnel with employment or change in control agreements are not eligible to
participate in the severance plan. The benefit is equal to one-twelfth of annual
compensation for each year of service up to a maximum of 199% of annual
compensation.


                                       61
<PAGE>


NOTE 21 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share data have not been presented because such data would not be
meaningful given the short period during which common stock was outstanding.

NOTE 22 - RECLASSIFICATION

Certain amounts in the prior years have been reclassified to be consistent with
the current year's statement presentation.



                                       62
<PAGE>


NOTE 23 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements are for Bay State Bancorp, Inc. (Parent
Company Only) and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements of Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries.

                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)

                                  Balance Sheet

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                                       March 31,
ASSETS                                                                   1998   
                                                                     -----------
Cash                                                                   $     13
Federal funds sold                                                       18,575
                                                                       --------
           Cash and cash equivalents                                     18,588
Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Federal Savings Bank                 39,700
Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Funding Corp.                         4,056
Deferred tax asset                                                        1,203
Other assets                                                                 93
                                                                       --------
           Total assets                                                $ 63,640
                                                                       ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Other liabilities                                                      $     66
Stockholders' equity                                                     63,574
                                                                       --------
           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                  $ 63,640
                                                                       ========


                                Income Statement
              For the period from March 28, 1998 to March 31, 1998

Interest income                                                        $     15
                                                                       --------
Expenses:
   Contribution of shares to The Bay State Federal Savings
     Charitable Foundation at the conversion issued price                 3,756
   Other expense                                                             70
                                                                       --------
           Total expenses                                                 3,826
                                                                       --------

Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net
   income of subsidiary                                                  (3,811)
Income tax benefit                                                       (1,295)
                                                                       --------
Loss before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary             (2,516)
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary, Bay State Federal
   Savings Bank                                                              36
                                                                       --------
           Net loss                                                    $ (2,480)
                                                                       ========


                                       63
<PAGE>


                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)

                             Statement of Cash Flows

              For the period from March 28, 1998 to March 31, 1998
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss                                                            $ (2,480)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
       Contribution of shares to The Bay State Federal
         Savings Charitable Foundation                                    3,756
       Appreciation in fair value of ESOP shares                            195
       Increase in taxes receivable                                         (93)
       Deferred tax benefit                                              (1,203)
       Increase in accrued expenses                                          66
       Undistributed net income of subsidiary                               (36)
                                                                       --------

   Net cash provided by operating activities                                205
                                                                       --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Federal Savings Bank             (22,829)
   Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Funding Corp.                     (4,056)
                                                                       --------

   Net cash used in investing activities                                (26,885)
                                                                       --------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                46,949
   Costs relating to issuance of common stock                            (1,681)
                                                                       --------

   Net cash provided by financing activities                             45,268
                                                                       --------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                18,588
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                           --   
                                                                       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                             $ 18,588
                                                                       ========


                                       64

<PAGE>



Item  8.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
          Financial Disclosures.

     None.




                                       65

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons; Compliance
        with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

                            MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors of the Company

     The Board of Directors' of the Company  currently  consists of nine members
each of whom is also a director of the Bank.  The Board of  Directors is divided
into three classes, each of which contains one-third of the Board. The directors
shall be elected by the  stockholders  of the Company for  staggered  three year
terms,  or until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.  One class of
directors,  consisting of Messrs. Robert B. Cleary, Jerome R. Dangel and Kent T.
Spellman,  has a  term  of  office  expiring  at the  first  annual  meeting  of
stockholders,  a second class,  consisting of Messrs.  Leo F. Grace,  H. Chester
Webster  and  Richard F.  Hughes,  has a term of office  expiring  at the second
annual meeting of stockholders and a third class,  consisting of Messrs. John F.
Murphy, Richard F. McBride and Denise M. Renaghan, has a term of office expiring
at the third  annual  meeting  of  stockholders.  Their  names and  biographical
information are set forth under "Management of the Bank--Directors."

Executive Officers of the Company

     The following  individuals  are the  executive  officers of the Company and
hold the offices set forth below opposite their names.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                           Age(1)                      Position(s) Held With Company
- ----------------------------   ------     -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>      <C>
John F. Murphy..............     58       President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer and Chairman of
                                             the Board
Denise M. Renaghan..........     41       Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Michael O. Gilles(2)........     38       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jill W. MacDougall(3).......     33       Corporate Secretary
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1)  As of March 31, 1998.

(2)  Michael O.  Gilles was named  Senior  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
     Officer of the Company and Bank, effective April 23, 1998.

(3)  Jill W.  MacDougall  was  appointed  Secretary of the Company and the Bank,
     effective April 23, 1998.

     The executive  officers of the Company are elected annually and hold office
until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified  or until
death, resignation or removal at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

     Except for  directors'  meeting  fees,  since the formation of the Company,
none of the  executive  officers,  directors  or other  personnel  has  received
remuneration from the Company. Information concerning the principal occupations,
employment  and other  information  concerning the directors and officers of the
Company  during  the past  five  years is set  forth  under  "Management  of the
Bank--Biographical Information."



                                       66
<PAGE>

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK

Directors of the Bank

     The following table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Board of
Directors of the Bank.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Director     Term
Name                            Age(1)          Position(s) Held With the Bank             Since      Expires
- ----                            ------    ---------------------------------------------    -------    -------
<S>                              <C>      <C>                                              <C>          <C> 
John F. Murphy..............     58       President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer    1975         2001
                                          and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Robert B. Cleary............     61       Director                                         1987         2000
Jerome R. Dangel............     54       Director                                         1996         2000
Leo F. Grace................     66       Director                                         1997(2)      2000
Richard F. Hughes...........     66       Director                                         1997(2)      2001
Richard F. McBride..........     69       Director                                         1994         2001
Kent T. Spellman............     49       Director                                         1988         1999
H. Chester Webster..........     87       Director                                         1959         1999
Denise M. Renaghan..........     41       Director, Executive Vice President and Chief     1997(3)      2001
                                          Operating Officer
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  As of March 31, 1998.

(2)  Former  director of Union Federal  Savings Bank who was named to the Bank's
     Board of Directors  effective  the date of the merger of the Bank and Union
     Federal.

(3)  Ms.  Renaghan was elected as a director in December  1997. In May 1998, Ms.
     Renaghan was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company,  filling the
     vacancy  created  by the death of C.  Brendan  Noonan  who  passed  away on
     February 1, 1998. Until the time of his death, Mr. Noonan was a director of
     both the Bank and the Company.

Executive Officer of the Bank who is not a Director

     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the executive
officer of the Bank who is not a director.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Name                      Age(1)            Position(s) Held With the Bank
- -----------------               ------    -------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>      <C>  
Michael O. Gilles                38       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>

- --------------------

(1)  As of March 31, 1998.

     The  executive  officer  of the Bank  will  retain  his  office  until  his
re-election  at the annual  meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank,  held
immediately  after the  first  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  and until his
successor is elected and qualified or until he is removed or replaced.  Officers
are subject to re-election by the Board of Directors annually.

Biographical Information

Directors

     John F.  Murphy  joined the Bank in 1961 and  served in  various  positions
until 1976, when he was named President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.
In 1994,  he was also  named  treasurer  of the Bank.  In 1996,  Mr.  Murphy was
elected Chairman of the Board of Directors. He has been a member of the Board of
Directors since 1975. Mr. Murphy is a director of Connecticut  On-Line  Computer
Center Trust and is a member of the Legislative,



                                       67
<PAGE>

Secondary Market and Federal Home Loan Bank System Committees and the Government
Affairs Council of the America's  Community  Bankers.  He is a past president of
the New  England  League of Savings  Institutions  and a former  director of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. Mr. Murphy received a Bachelor of Science from
Northeastern University.

     Robert B. Cleary has been principal of the Robert Cleary Insurance Group, a
provider of life,  property  and  casualty  insurance  and  financial  planning,
located in Boston,  for  approximately  forty years. He has been a member of the
Board of Directors since 1987.

     Jerome R. Dangel is President of Investment  Properties  LTD, a real estate
investment  firm located in Newton,  Massachusetts.  He has been a member of the
Board of Directors since October 1996.

     Leo F. Grace was  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Directors of Union  Federal  Savings Bank of Boston from 1968 until the
merger of Union Federal with the Bank in February  1997. He joined Union Federal
Savings  Bank in 1956 and was a director  of Union  Federal  from 1957 until the
merger,  when he joined the Board of Directors of the Bank. He currently  serves
as a consultant to the Bank.

     Richard F.  Hughes is the  founder and  President  of Hughes &  Associates,
Inc.,  an  organizational  and  management  consulting  firm  located in Quincy,
Massachusetts.  Mr.  Hughes was a director of Union  Federal from 1993 until the
merger with the Bank, when he became a director of the Bank.

     Richard F. McBride is the owner of R.F. McBride  Insurance Agency and H. R.
McBride  Realtor,  both of which are located in  Watertown,  Massachusetts.  Mr.
McBride has been a director of the Bank since 1994.

     Kent  T.   Spellman  is  founder  and   President  of  Telluride   Clothing
Corporation.,   Inc.,  a  branded  clothing  wholesaler,   located  in  Needham,
Massachusetts.  He is also a general  partner  of several  partnerships  holding
commercial real estate. Mr. Spellman has been a director of the Bank since 1988.

     H. Chester Webster was President of the Bank from 1959 until his retirement
in 1976. He has served on the Bank's Board of Directors since 1959 and served as
Chairman of the Board from 1988 to 1996.

     Denise  M.  Renaghan  joined  the Bank in 1974 and has  served  in  various
positions  since that time. In 1994,  she was promoted to Senior Vice  President
and Chief  Operating  Officer and, in January 1997, she was named Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Renaghan became a member of the Board
of  Directors  of the Bank in  December  1997.  Ms.  Renaghan is a member of the
Education  Committee of America's  Community Bankers,  the Board of Directors of
the Brookline Chamber of Commerce, the Loan Committee of the Connecticut On-Line
Computer Center, and the Massachusetts  Mortgage Bankers  Association.  She is a
past president and currently a member of the Financial Managers Society and is a
past president of the Brookline Consortium for Community Housing.

Executive Officer Who is Not a Director

     Michael O. Gilles is Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer of
the Bank and the Company.  From January of 1997 to February of 1998,  Mr. Gilles
was  Senior  Vice   President,   Treasurer  and  Chief   Financial   Officer  of
Cambridgeport  Bank, a mutual savings bank located in Cambridge,  Massachusetts.
Prior to that, Mr. Gilles was the Executive Vice President,  Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer of Walden Bancorp,  Inc., a publicly traded multi-bank holding
company located in Acton,  Massachusetts.  Mr. Gilles is a certified  management
accountant, a member of the American Management Association, and is currently an
officer of the Boston Chapter of the Financial Managers Society.



                                       68
<PAGE>

Item 10.  Executive Compensation.

Compensation of Directors of the Bank and Company

     All directors of the Bank are currently  paid an annual  retainer of $4,000
and receive a fee of $500 for each regularly scheduled monthly and special Board
meeting  attended.  Members of the Executive  Committee of the Bank additionally
receive  an  annual  retainer  of  $4,000  and a fee of $500  for  each  meeting
attended.  For  fiscal  1998,  there  were 2  special  meetings  of the Board of
Directors  and 12 meetings of the  Executive  Committee.  All  directors  of the
Company will be paid an annual retainer fee of $4,000.

Summary Compensation Table

     The following  table sets forth the cash  compensation  paid by the Bank as
well as  other  compensation  paid  or  accrued  for  services  rendered  in all
capacities  during the fiscal years ended March 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996, to the
Chief Executive  Officer and the highest paid executive  officer of the Bank who
received salary and bonus in excess of $100,000 ("Named Executive Officers").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Long-Term Compensation
                                                                               ------------------------------------
                                                 Annual Compensation(1)                 Awards              Payouts
                                           ----------------------------------  -------------------------    -------
                                                                    Other      Restricted    Securities  
                                                                    Annual        Stock      Underlying      LTIP        All Other
Name and                         Fiscal    Salary       Bonus    Compensation     Awards    Options/SARs    Payouts     Compensation
Principal Positions               Year       ($)         ($)         ($)(2)       ($)(3)       (#)(4)       ($) (5)        ($)(6)
- ---------------------------      ------    --------    -------    -----------  ----------    -----------    -------     ------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>    
John F. Murphy
   President, Chief               1998     $241,223    $60,000         --           --           --           --         $147,450
   Executive Officer              1997      228,813     82,145         --           --           --           --           29,093
   and Treasurer ..............   1996      213,701     30,025         --           --           --           --           28,829
                                                                                                                       
Denise M. Renaghan                                                                                                     
   Executive Vice                 1998     $136,000    $39,846         --           --           --           --           $7,473
   President and Chief            1997      116,640     58,325         --           --           --           --            7,206
   Operating Officer...........   1996      108,000     16,200         --           --           --           --            3,060
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Under Annual  Compensation,  the column titled "Salary" includes directors'
     fees for Mr. Murphy and Ms. Renaghan.

(2)  For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996,  there were no (a)  perquisites  over
     the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the individual's total salary and bonus for
     the year; (b) payments of  above-market  preferential  earnings on deferred
     compensation;  (c) payments of earnings with respect to long-term incentive
     plans prior to settlement or maturation; (d) tax payment reimbursements; or
     (e) preferential  discounts on stock. For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996,
     the Bank had no restricted stock or stock related plans in existence.

(3)  Does not include awards pursuant to the Stock Program, which may be granted
     in conjunction  with a meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held no
     sooner than six months after the Conversion, subject to OTS and stockholder
     approval, as such awards were not earned, vested or granted in fiscal years
     1998,  1997 and 1996.  For a discussion of the terms of the Stock  Program,
     see "--Benefits--Stock  Program." For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, the
     Bank had no restricted stock plans in existence.

(4)  No stock options or SARs were earned or granted in fiscal years 1998,  1997
     and 1996. For a discussion of the Stock Option Plan which is intended to be
     adopted by the Company, see "--Benefits--Stock Option Plan."

(5)  For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, there were no payouts or awards under
     any long-term incentive plan.

(6)  Other Compensation includes matching  contributions under the Bank's 401(a)
     Plan of $6,450  for Mr.  Murphy,  and  $3,573  for Ms.  Renaghan,  and life
     insurance  premiums of $141,000 for Mr. Murphy and $3,900 for Ms.  Renaghan
     for fiscal year 1998. Such life insurance  policies provide that Mr. Murphy
     and Ms.  Renaghan may receive a benefit,  if any,  equal to the  difference
     between the cash surrender value of the policy and the premiums paid by the
     Bank.

Employment Agreements

     Upon  regulatory  approval,  the Bank and the Company  intend to enter into
employment  agreements  (collectively,  the  "Employment  Agreements")  with Mr.
Murphy and Ms. Renaghan (individually, the "Executive").  Review of compensation
arrangements  by the OTS does not  indicate,  and  should  not be  construed  to
indicate, that the




                                       69
<PAGE>

OTS has passed upon the merits of such arrangements.  The Employment  Agreements
are  intended to ensure that the Bank and the Company will be able to maintain a
stable and competent  management base. The continued success of the Bank and the
Company  depends to a  significant  degree on the skills and  competence  of Mr.
Murphy and Ms. Renaghan.

     The Employment  Agreements provide for a three-year term for each Executive
and are renewable on an annual basis,  unless  written  notice of non-renewal is
given by the Board of Directors after conducting a performance evaluation of the
Executive. The terms of the Company Employment Agreements shall be extended on a
daily basis unless  written  notice of  non-renewal is given by the Board of the
Company.  The  Bank  and the  Company  Employment  Agreements  provide  that the
Executive's base salary will be reviewed annually. The base salaries, which will
be effective for such Employment Agreements for Mr. Murphy and Ms. Renaghan will
be $250,000 and  $150,000,  respectively.  In addition to the base  salary,  the
Employment  Agreements  provide for, among other things,  participation in stock
benefits  plans and other  fringe  benefits  applicable  to  similarly  situated
executive  personnel.  The Employment  Agreements provide for termination by the
Bank or the Company for cause (as defined in the agreements) at any time. In the
event the Bank or the Company  chooses to terminate the  Executive's  employment
for reasons other than for cause, or in the event of the Executive's resignation
from the Bank and the Company upon (i) the failure to re-elect the  Executive to
his/her current  offices;  (ii) a material change in the Executive's  functions,
duties or  responsibilities;  (iii) a relocation  of the  Executive's  principal
place of employment by more than 25 miles;  (iv)  liquidation  or dissolution of
the Bank or the Company;  or (v) a breach of the  Employment  Agreements  by the
Bank or the Company;  the Executive or, in the event of death,  the  Executive's
beneficiary  would be entitled to receive an amount equal to the remaining  base
salary payments due to the Executive and the contributions  that would have been
made on the Executive's  behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Bank or the
Company during the remaining term of the Employment Agreements. The Bank and the
Company  would  also  continue  and pay for the  Executive's  life,  health  and
disability coverage for the remaining term of the Employment Agreement. Upon any
termination  of the  Executive,  the  Executive  is subject to a covenant not to
compete with the Company or the Bank for one year.

     Under the  agreements,  if voluntary or involuntary  termination  follows a
change in control of the Bank or the Company,  the Executive or, in the event of
the  Executive's  death,  the  Executive's  beneficiary  would be  entitled to a
severance  payment  equal  to the  greater  of:  (i)  the  payments  due for the
remaining  terms of the  agreement;  or (ii) three times the average of the five
preceding  taxable  years' annual  compensation.  The Bank and the Company would
also  continue  the  Executive's  life,  health,  and  disability  coverage  for
thirty-six  months  following the change in control.  Notwithstanding  that both
Employment  Agreements  provide for a severance payment in the event of a change
in control,  the Executive would only be entitled to receive a severance payment
under one agreement. In the event of a change in control of the Bank or Company,
the total amount of payments due under the Agreements,  based solely on the base
salaries to be paid Mr. Murphy and Ms. Renaghan  effective upon the consummation
of the  Conversion  and excluding any benefits  under any employee  benefit plan
which may be payable, would be approximately $1.2 million.

     Payments  to the  Executive  under the Bank  employment  agreement  will be
guaranteed by the Company in the event that payments or benefits are not paid by
the Bank. Payment under the Company  Employment  Agreements would be made by the
Company.  All reasonable  costs and legal fees paid or incurred by the Executive
pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to the Employment
Agreements shall be paid by the Bank or Company,  respectively, if the Executive
is  successful  on the  merits  pursuant  to a legal  judgment,  arbitration  or
settlement.  The  Employment  Agreements  also provide that the Bank and Company
shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent  allowable under federal and
Delaware law, respectively.  The terms of the agreements as described herein may
be revised as a result of OTS review.



                                       70
<PAGE>

Change in Control Agreements

     Upon  regulatory  approval,  the  Company and the Bank intend to enter into
Change in Control Agreements (the "CIC Agreements") with certain officers of the
Company and the Bank,  none of whom will be covered by an Employment  Agreement.
The CIC  Agreements  provide  for either a two-year or  three-year  term and are
renewable on an annual basis.  The CIC Agreements will provide that in the event
voluntary or involuntary  termination follows a change in control of the Bank or
the Company,  the officer would be entitled to receive a severance payment equal
to two times (or three times, as the case may be) the officer's compensation for
the twelve months  preceding  termination.  The Bank would also continue and pay
for the officer's life,  health and disability  coverage for 24 or 36 months (as
the case may be)  following  termination.  Payments to the officer under the CIC
Agreements  will be  guaranteed  by the  Company in the event that  payments  or
benefits  are not paid by the Bank.  In the event of a change in  control of the
Bank or Company,  the total  payments that would be due under the CIC Agreement,
based solely on the current annual  compensation paid to the officers covered by
the CIC Agreement and  excluding  any benefits  under any employee  benefit plan
which may be payable, would be approximately $1.3 million.

Employee Severance Compensation Plan

     The  Bank's  Board of  Directors  intends  to,  upon  regulatory  approval,
establish the Bay State Federal  Savings Bank  Employee  Severance  Compensation
Plan ("Severance Plan") which will provide eligible employees with severance pay
benefits  in the  event  of a change  in  control  of the  Bank or the  Company.
Management  personnel  with  employment  or CIC  agreements  are not eligible to
participate  in  the  Severance  Plan.  Generally,  employees  are  eligible  to
participate  in the Severance  Plan if they have  completed at least one year of
service  with  the  Bank.  The  Severance  Plan  vests  in  each  participant  a
contractual  right to the benefits such  participant  is entitled to thereunder.
Under the Severance Plan, in the event of a change in control of the Bank or the
Company,   eligible  employees  who  are  terminated  from  or  terminate  their
employment  within one year after the change in control (for  reasons  specified
under the Severance Plan),  will be entitled to receive a severance  payment.  A
participant,  whose  employment  has  terminated,  will  be  entitled  to a cash
severance  payment equal to one-twelfth of annual  compensation for each year of
service up to a maximum of 199% of annual  compensation.  Such payments may tend
to discourage  takeover  attempts by increasing costs to be incurred by the Bank
in the event of a takeover.  In the event the  provisions of the Severance  Plan
were triggered, the total amount of payments that would be due thereunder, based
solely upon current salary levels, would be approximately $1.1 million.

Consulting Agreement

     Pursuant to the Bank's merger with Union Federal in February 1997, the Bank
entered into a consulting agreement (the "Consulting Agreement") with Mr. Grace,
who at the time of the merger was Union Federal's  President and Chief Executive
Officer.  The agreement,  which is for a three-year term,  commenced on February
21, 1997 and provides  that Mr.  Grace be paid an annual  amount of $127,000 for
consulting services to the Bank. The Consulting  Agreement also provides for his
termination for cause (as defined in the consulting  agreement) or without cause
upon a vote of the  Board  of  Directors.  During  the  term  of the  Consulting
Agreement and for a period of 12 months after the  termination of the agreement,
Mr.  Grace  is  subject  to a  covenant  not  to  compete,  either  directly  or
indirectly, with the Bank.

Insurance Plans

     All full-time  employees of the Bank,  upon  completion  of the  applicable
introductory  period,  may elect  coverage  for  comprehensive  hospitalization,
including major medical, and are covered with long-term disability insurance.




                                       71
<PAGE>

Benefits

     Thrift  Plan/Savings  Plan. The Bank  maintains the Financial  Institutions
Thrift Plan (the "Thrift Plan"),  a tax-qualified  retirement plan, to encourage
eligible employees to save and invest on a regular,  long term basis. The Thrift
Plan permits  eligible  employees to make monthly  contributions  of 1% - 15% of
their base  monthly  salary on an after-tax  basis to the Thrift Plan.  The Bank
makes monthly employer contributions to each participant's account in the Thrift
Plan  equal  to  50%  of  the  participant's   contribution  up  to  6%  of  the
participant's  annual base salary.  Participants  are 100% vested in the amounts
credited to their Thrift Plan accounts.  Participants  in the Thrift Plan do not
recognize taxable income on Bank  contributions or investment income credited to
their accounts under the Thrift Plan until such amounts are distributed to them.
During fiscal 1998, the Bank contributed $45,000 to the Thrift Plan.

     Employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Thrift  Plan  upon  the
completion  of 12 months of  continuous  employment  with the Bank (during which
period they complete at least 1,000 hours of service) and the  attainment of age
21.  Employees  paid on an hourly  basis  are not  eligible  for  participation.
Currently,  participants  in the Thrift Plan may direct the  investment of their
accounts in several types of investment funds including,  but not limited to, an
Employer  Stock  Fund  which  invests  in  Company  Common  Stock.  Participants
investing  in the Employer  Stock Fund may directly  vote shares of Common Stock
held in their Thrift Plan accounts.

     Retirement Plan. The Bank maintains the Financial  Institutions  Retirement
Fund (the  "Retirement  Plan")  to  provide  retirement  benefits  for  eligible
employees.  Employees are eligible to participate  in the Retirement  Plan after
the  completion of 12  consecutive  months of  employment  with the Bank and the
attainment of age 21. Hourly paid employees are excluded from  participation  in
the Retirement Plan. Benefits payable to a participant under the Retirement Plan
are based on the  participant's  years of service  and  salary.  The formula for
normal  retirement  benefits  payable  annually under the Retirement  Plan is 2%
multiplied  by  years  of  benefit  service  multiplied  by the  average  of the
participant's  highest three years of salary paid by the Bank. A participant may
elect early retirement as early as age 45. However,  such  participant's  normal
retirement  benefits will be reduced by an early retirement  factor based on age
at early retirement.

     Participants  generally have no vested interest in Retirement Plan benefits
prior to the  completion  of five years of service with the Bank.  Following the
completion of five years of vesting service,  or in the event of a participant's
attainment of age 65, death or termination  of employment  due to disability,  a
participant  will become 100% vested in the accrued benefit under the Retirement
Plan. The table below reflects the pension  benefit  payable and any payment due
under the  Supplemental  Retirement  Plan,  discussed  below,  to a  participant
assuming  various  levels of  earnings  and years of  service.  The  amounts  of
benefits paid under the Retirement  Plan are not reduced for any social security
benefit  payable to  participants.  As of January  1, 1998,  Mr.  Murphy and Ms.
Renaghan had credited years of service of 32 years and 24 years, respectively.

     Management  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan.  The Bank intends to
implement a non-tax qualified Management  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
("SERP") to provide  certain  officers  and highly  compensated  employees  with
additional retirement benefits. The SERP benefit is intended to make up benefits
lost under the ESOP allocation  procedures to  participants  who retire prior to
the complete repayment of the ESOP loan. At the retirement of a participant, the
benefits  under the SERP are  determined by first:  (i) projecting the number of
shares that would have been allocated to the participant  under the ESOP if they
had been  employed  throughout  the period of the ESOP loan  (measured  from the
participant's  first date of ESOP  participation);  and (ii) reducing the number
determined  by (i)  above by the  number  of shares  actually  allocated  to the
Participant's  account under the ESOP; and second,  by multiplying the number of
shares that  represent the  difference  between such figures by the average fair
market value of the Common Stock over the preceding  five years.  Benefits under
the SERP vest in 20% annual  increments over a five year period commencing as of
the date of a Participant's participation in the SERP. The vested portion of the
SERP  Participant's  benefits are payable upon the retirement of the Participant
upon or after the attainment of age 65 or in accordance with the requirements of
early retirement under the Retirement Plan. A separate trust may be



                                       72
<PAGE>

established to hold assets of the Bank for the purpose of paying  benefits under
the SERP or the Bank may hold assets for SERP  payments  through a common  trust
established for the Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan discussed below.

     Benefit  Equalization  Plan. The Bank has implemented a retirement  benefit
equalization plan to provide selected  employees with retirement  benefits which
would have been payable under the Retirement  Plan and Thrift Plan (the "Benefit
Equalization  Plan" or  "BEP"),  but for the  limits  imposed by the Code on the
amount of compensation that may be considered when determining benefits that are
payable under  tax-qualified  plans  ("Compensation  Code Limit"). In connection
with the Conversion,  the Bank amended the Benefit  Equalization Plan to provide
participants  with  benefits  which would be payable under the ESOP but for such
limits imposed by the Code discussed above.

     A  participant's  annual  benefit  under the BEP  equals  the excess of the
annual  benefit  that  would  otherwise  be  payable  to or on  account  of  the
participant, but for the limitations imposed by the Code over the annual benefit
that is payable to or on account of the  participant  after giving effect to any
reduction of such benefit by the  limitations  imposed by the Code. The Bank has
established  a grantor  trust (also known as a "rabbi  trust") to hold assets of
the Bank for the purpose of paying benefits under the BEP, provided that, in the
event of the  insolvency of the Bank, the assets of the trust are subject to the
claims of the Bank's creditors.  The assets of this trust may be used to acquire
shares of Common Stock to be used to satisfy the obligations of the Bank for the
payment of benefits under the BEP.

     Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust.  The Bank established the ESOP and
related  trust  for all  eligible  employees  effective  March  1998.  Employees
employed with the Bank as of the effective  date of the Conversion and employees
of the Company and the Bank  employed  after such date,  who have been  credited
with at least  1,000  hours of  service  during a  12-month  period and who have
attained age 21 are eligible to become  participants.  The ESOP  purchased 8% of
the Company  Common Stock issued in the  Conversion,  including  the issuance of
shares to the Foundation. In order to fund the ESOP's purchase of Company Common
Stock,  the ESOP  borrowed  funds from a third-party  lender,  Bay State Funding
Corp., a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company, equal to 100% of the aggregate
purchase price of the Company Common Stock. The ESOP trustee will repay the loan
principally  from the Company's or the Bank's  contributions  to the ESOP over a
10-year period. Bay State Funding Corp. holds the Company Common Stock purchased
by the ESOP as collateral for the loan. Participants become 100% vested in their
ESOP  benefits  after five years of service,  as well as upon  death,  permanent
disability, early retirement or a change in control.

     Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan.  Following  the  Conversion,   the  Board  of
Directors of the Company intends to adopt the  Stock-Based  Incentive Plan which
will provide for the granting of stock options to purchase  Common Stock ("Stock
Options"),  Common Stock  ("Stock  Awards"),  Limited  Option Rights and Limited
Stock Rights to eligible  officers,  directors  and employees of the Company and
the  Bank.  The  Company  may  provide  such  stock  based  benefits  under  the
Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan or may establish  one or more separate  plans which
would provide for the benefits  described  herein.  In the event the Stock-Based
Incentive  Plan (or any  separate  plan(s))  is  adopted  within  one year after
conversion,  OTS  regulations  require such plan to be approved by a majority of
the Company's  stockholders  at a meeting of  stockholders to be held no earlier
than  six  (6)  months  after  the  completion  of  the  Conversion.  Under  the
Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan the Company  intends to grant  Stock  Options in an
amount  equal to 10% of the  shares of Common  Stock  issued in the  Conversion,
including  shares issued to the  Foundation  (or 253,523  shares) and intends to
grant Stock Awards in an amount equal to 4% of the shares of Common Stock issued
in the  Conversion,  including  shares  issued  to the  Foundation  (or  101,409
shares).  Any Common Stock awarded under the Stock-Based  Incentive Plan will be
awarded  at no cost to the  recipients.  The  plan  may be  funded  through  the
purchase  of  Common  Stock  by a  trust  established  in  connection  with  the
Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan (or any separate  plan(s)) or from  authorized  but
unissued shares. The Board intends to appoint an independent  fiduciary to serve
as trustee  of a trust to be  established  in  connection  with the  Stock-Based
Incentive Plan.

     The  grants  of Stock  Options  and  Stock  Awards  under  the  Stock-Based
Incentive Plan will be designed to attract and retain qualified personnel in key
positions, provide officers and key employees with a proprietary interest in the
Company as an incentive to  contribute  to the success of the Company and reward
key employees for outstanding


                                       73
<PAGE>

performance.  It is  expected  that the  Committee  administering  the plan will
determine the terms and  conditions  of the awards.  The Committee may condition
the granting or vesting of Stock Options and Stock Awards on the  achievement of
individual or Company-wide  performance goals,  including the achievement by the
Company or the Bank of specified levels of net income,  asset growth,  return on
equity or other  specific  financial  goals.  In  addition  the  Committee  will
determine the type of options awarded  (Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory
Stock  Options),  the exercise price of the options and the vesting  schedule of
all Awards under the plan (subject to OTS Regulations).  OTS Regulations provide
that no individual  officer of employee of the Bank may receive more than 25% of
the Stock Options and 25% of the Stock Awards  available  under the  Stock-Based
Incentive  Plan  and  non-employee  directors  may  not  receive  more  than  5%
individually  or 30% in the  aggregate  of the Stock  Options  and Stock  Awards
available under the plan.

     The  Stock-Based  Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of: (i) options
to purchase the Company's  Common Stock  intended to qualify as incentive  stock
options under Section 422 of the Code ("Incentive Stock Options");  (ii) options
that do not so qualify ("Non-Statutory Stock Options"); and (iii) Limited Option
Rights (discussed below) which  participants may exercise only in the event of a
change in control of the Bank or the Company.  Only officers or employees of the
Bank and Company may receive Incentive Stock Options.  Unless sooner terminated,
the plan  will be in  effect  for a period  of ten  years  from the  earlier  of
adoption by the Board of  Directors or approval by the  Company's  stockholders.
The Company  intends to grant options with Limited  Rights at an exercise  price
equal to the fair market  value of the  underlying  Common  Stock on the date of
grant.  Subject to any  applicable  OTS  regulations,  upon exercise of "Limited
Option  Rights"  in the  event of a change  in  control,  the  employee  will be
entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to the difference  between the
exercise price of all unexercised options,  whether then exercisable or not, and
the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option on the
date of exercise of the right in lieu of  purchasing  the stock  underlying  the
option.  It is  anticipated  that all  options  granted  contemporaneously  with
stockholder  approval of the  Stock-Based  Incentive Plan will be intended to be
Incentive Stock Options to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code.

     An individual will not be deemed to have received taxable income upon grant
or exercise of any Incentive  Stock Option,  provided that the employee does not
dispose of shares received  through the exercise of such option for at least one
year  after the date the  employee  receives  the stock in  connection  with the
option   exercise  and  two  years  after  the  date  of  grant  of  the  option
("disqualifying  disposition").  The Company may not take a compensation expense
deduction  with  respect to the grant or exercise of  Incentive  Stock  Options,
unless the employee  disposes  such shares  before the  expiration of the period
described above (a "disqualifying disposition").  In the case of a Non-Statutory
Stock  Option and in the case of a  disqualifying  disposition  of an  Incentive
Stock  Option,  an  employee  will be deemed to  receive  ordinary  income  upon
exercise  of the  stock  option in an  amount  equal to the  amount by which the
exercise  price  is  exceeded  by the fair  market  value  of the  Common  Stock
purchased  by  exercising  the  option on the date of  exercise.  The  amount of
taxable  income  realized by an optionee  upon the  exercise of a  Non-Statutory
Stock Option or due to a disqualifying  disposition of an Incentive Stock Option
is a deductible expense for tax purposes for the Company. Upon the exercise of a
Limited  Right,  the option holder  realizes  taxable income equal to the amount
paid to him or her  upon  exercise  of the  right  and the  Company  receives  a
deduction equal to that same amount.

     The  Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan will  provide  for the  granting of Stock
Awards and Limited Stock Rights.  Limited Stock Rights will be  exercisable by a
recipient  upon a change in control of the Company or Bank as  described  in the
plan.  Subject to OTS  Regulations,  upon exercise of a Limited Stock Right, the
recipient  will be  entitled  to  receive a lump sum cash  payment  equal to the
difference of the fair market value of all unvested Stock Awards in exchange for
any rights to such unvested Stock Awards.

     The vesting periods for awards under the Stock-Based Incentive Plan will be
determined by the Committee administering the Plan. If the Stock-Based Incentive
Plan (or any separate  plans for employees and  directors) is adopted within one
year after  conversion,  awards would become vested and  exercisable  subject to
applicable OTS regulations, which such regulations require that any awards begin
vesting no earlier  than one year from the date of  shareholder  approval of the
plan and, thereafter, vest at a rate of no more than 20% per year and may not be



                                       74
<PAGE>

accelerated  except in the case of death or  disability.  In the event of death,
Stock Awards will become 100% vested.  In the event of disability,  Stock Awards
would be 100% vested upon  termination  of employment of an officer or employee,
or upon termination of service as a director. In the event of retirement, if the
participant  continues to perform services as a Director or consultant on behalf
of the Bank, the Company or an affiliate or, in the case of a retiring Director,
as a  consulting  director,  unvested  Stock  Awards  would  continue to vest in
accordance with their original  vesting  schedule until the recipient  ceases to
perform such  services at which time any unvested  Stock Awards would lapse.  In
the case of death or disability,  Stock Options may be exercised for a period of
12 months. However, any Incentive Stock Options exercised more than three months
following the date the employee ceases to perform  services as an employee would
be treated as a Non-Statutory  Stock Option. In the event of retirement,  if the
optionee  continues to perform services as a director or consultant on behalf of
the Bank, the Company or an affiliate,  unvested  options would continue to vest
in accordance with their original  vesting schedule until the optionee ceases to
serve as a consultant or director.  In the event of death,  disability or normal
retirement,  the  Company,  if  requested  by the  optionee,  or the  optionee's
beneficiary,  could elect, in exchange for vested options,  to pay the optionee,
or the  optionee's  beneficiary  in the event of death,  the amount by which the
fair market value of the Common Stock exceeds the exercise  price of the options
on the date of the employee's termination of employment.

     Applicable OTS regulations  currently do not permit accelerated  vesting in
the event of a change in control of Stock Awards or Stock Options  granted under
the  Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan  described  above.  Subject to any  applicable
regulatory   requirements,   the  Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan  may  be  amended
subsequent to the  expiration  of the one-year  period  following  Conversion to
provide  for  accelerated  vesting  in the event of a change in control of Stock
Awards and Stock Options granted under the Stock-Based  Incentive Plan. A change
in control is expected to be defined in the plan  document  and would  generally
occur when a person or group of persons  acting in concert  acquires  beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of a class of equity  securities  of the Company or the
Bank or in the  event of a tender or  exchange  offer,  merger or other  form of
business  combination,  sale of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
Company or the Bank or  contested  election of  directors  which  results in the
replacement  of a majority of the Board of Directors by persons not nominated by
the directors in office prior to the contested election.

     When a  participant  becomes  vested  with  respect to a Stock  Award,  the
participant  will realize  ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the
Common  Stock at the time of vesting  (unless the  participant  made an election
pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code).  The amount of income  recognized by the
participant  will be a deductible  expense for tax  purposes for the Bank.  When
restricted   Stock  Awards  become  vested  and  are  actually   distributed  to
participants,  the  participants  would  receive  amounts  equal to any  accrued
dividends  with respect  thereto.  Prior to vesting,  recipients of Stock Awards
could  direct the voting of the shares  awarded to them.  Shares not  subject to
Stock Awards and shares  allocated  subject to the  achievement  of  performance
goals  will  be  voted  by the  trustee  of the  Stock-Based  Incentive  Plan in
proportion to the  directions  provided with respect to shares  subject to Stock
Awards.  Vested shares are  distributed  to  recipients  as soon as  practicable
following the day on which they are vested.

     Subject  to  any  applicable  regulatory   requirements,   the  Stock-Based
Incentive  Plan (or any  separate  plans for  employees  and  directors)  may be
amended  subsequent  to the  expiration  of the  one-year  period to provide for
accelerated  vesting of previously  granted Stock Options or Stock Awards in the
event of a change in  control of the  Company  or the Bank.  A change in control
would  generally be considered to occur when a person or group of persons acting
in concert acquires  beneficial  ownership of 20% or more of any class of equity
security  of the  Company  or the Bank or in the event of a tender  or  exchange
offer,  merger  or  other  form  of  business   combination,   sale  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Bank or contested election
of directors  which  resulted in the  replacement  of a majority of the Board of
Directors  by persons not  nominated  by the  directors  in office  prior to the
contested election.




                                       75
<PAGE>

Item 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     Security  Ownership of Beneficial  Owners.  The following  table sets forth
information as to those persons  believed by management to be beneficial  owners
of more than 5% of the  Company's  outstanding  shares of Common Stock as of May
31, 1998 or as  disclosed in certain  reports  received to date  regarding  such
ownership filed by such persons with the Company and with the SEC, in accordance
with Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange  Act").  Other than those persons  listed  below,  the Company is not
aware of any person, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act, that owns more
than 5% of the Company's Common Stock as of March 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Name and Address of
Title of Class                    Beneficial Owner                   Number of Shares   Percent of Class
- --------------        ----------------------------------------       ----------------   ----------------
<S>                   <C>                                                <C>                  <C> 
Common Stock          Bay State Federal Savings Bank Employee            202,818(1)           8.0%
                      Stock Ownership Plan
                      1299 Beacon Street
                      Brookline, Massachusetts  02146

Common Stock          The Bay State Federal Savings Charitable           187,795(2)           7.4%
                      Foundation
                      1299 Beacon Street
                      Brookline, Massachusetts 02146
</TABLE>

(1)  Shares of Common Stock were acquired by the ESOP in the Bank's  conversion.
     The  ESOP  Committee  administers  the  ESOP.  BankBoston,  N.A.  has  been
     appointed as the corporate trustee for the ESOP ("ESOP Trustee").  The ESOP
     Trustee, subject to its fiduciary duty, must vote all allocated shares held
     in the ESOP in accordance with the instructions of the participants.  As of
     March 31, 1998,  20,282  shares have been  allocated to ESOP  participants'
     accounts.  Under the ESOP,  unallocated  shares held in a suspense  account
     will be voted by the ESOP Trustee in a manner calculated to most accurately
     reflect the instructions received from participants regarding the allocated
     stock so long as such vote is in accordance with the provisions of ERISA.

(2)  The Foundation was established and funded by the Company in connection with
     the Bank's Conversion with an amount of the Company's Common Stock equal to
     8.0% of the total  amount  of  Common  Stock  sold in the  Conversion.  The
     Foundation  is a Delaware  non-stock  corporation  and is  dedicated to the
     promotion of charitable  purposes  within the communities in which the Bank
     operates.  The  Foundation  is governed by a board of  directors  with four
     members,  all of whom are directors or officers of the Company or the Bank.
     Pursuant to the terms of the  contribution  of Common Stock, as mandated by
     the OTS, all shares of Common Stock held by the Foundation must be voted in
     the same ratio as all other  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock on all
     proposals considered by shareholders of the Company.



                                       76
<PAGE>

     Security Ownership of Management. The following table sets forth the number
of shares of Common Stock  beneficially  owned by the Bank's executive  officers
and  directors  as of May 31,  1998.  The table also sets  forth the  beneficial
ownership of Common Stock as to all directors and executive officers as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Number        Percent
                                                                              of             of
Title of Class          Name                                                Shares         Class
- --------------        ---------                                             ------         -----
<S>                   <C>                                                   <C>            <C>  
Common Stock          John F. Murphy....................................    12,529         0.49%
Common Stock          Robert B. Cleary..................................     1,000         0.04
Common Stock          Jerome R. Dangel..................................    20,413         0.81
Common Stock          Leo F. Grace......................................    11,250         0.44
Common Stock          Richard F. Hughes.................................     2,850         0.11
Common Stock          Richard F. McBride................................    20,263         0.80
Common Stock          Kent T. Spellman..................................    36,780         1.45
Common Stock          H. Chester Webster................................       600         0.02
Common Stock          Denise M. Renaghan................................     5,991         0.24
Common Stock          Michael O. Gilles ................................     4,524         0.18
                                                                          --------         ----
Common Stock          All Directors and Executive Officers
                        as a Group (10 persons).........................   116,200         4.58%
                                                                          ========         ====
</TABLE>


Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The Financial Institutions Reform,  Recovery and Enforcement Act ("FIRREA")
requires  that all  loans or  extensions  of credit to  executive  officers  and
directors must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with
the general  public and must not involve  more than the normal risk of repayment
or present other unfavorable features. In addition,  loans made to a director or
executive  officer  in excess of the  greater  of  $25,000  or 5% of the  Bank's
capital and surplus (up to a maximum of $500,000) must be approved in advance by
a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

     Prior  to  FIRREA,  the  Bank  made  loans to its  executive  officers  and
Directors which were secured by their primary residences.  The rates of interest
charged by the Bank on such loans were the  Bank's  cost of funds.  Pursuant  to
FIRREA,  in 1989, the Bank discontinued its practice of making such preferential
loans to its officers and Directors.  However, all such pre-FIRREA  preferential
loans were "grandfathered" under FIRREA. Since the enactment of FIRREA, the Bank
has not made any loans to its executive officers or Directors.  The Bank intends
to  implement a policy  whereby it will begin to again offer loans to  executive
officers and  Directors.  Such loans,  as well as loans made to Bank  employees,
will be made on the same terms and conditions  offered to the general public. If
the Bank  implements  a policy of  extending  credit to  executive  officers and
Directors,  such  policy  will  provide  that all such loans will be made in the
ordinary  course  of  business,  on  substantially  the  same  terms,  including
collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with
other persons and may not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or
present  other  unfavorable  features.  As of March 31, 1998,  the Bank had $4.4
million of loans to executive officers or Directors. With the exception of loans
to Messrs.  Cleary and  Murphy,  which are  secured by  mortgage  liens on their
primary  residences  and,  at March 31,  1998,  had  balances  of  $515,000  and
$387,000,  respectively, all other of the Bank's loans to executive officers and
Directors had balances of less than $60,000 as of March 31, 1998 or were made by
the Bank in the ordinary  course of business with no favorable  terms and do not
involve  more than the normal  risk of  collectibility  or  present  unfavorable
features.  Although  such loans to Messrs.  Cleary and Murphy were made prior to
the enactment of FIRREA and do not involve more than the normal risk of



                                       77
<PAGE>

collectibility  or  present  unfavorable  features,  such  loans  were made with
interest  rates which were below the interest rates  otherwise  available to the
Bank's customers at the time such loans were made.

     The Company intends that all transactions in the future between the Company
and its executive officers,  directors,  holders of 10% or more of the shares of
any class of its common stock and affiliates thereof, will contain terms no less
favorable  to the Company  than could have been  obtained by it in arm's  length
negotiations  with  unaffiliated  persons  and will be approved by a majority of
independent  outside  directors  of the Company  not having any  interest in the
transaction.

Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

           (a)   The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:

           2.1   Amended Plan of Conversion (including the Federal Stock Charter
                 and Bylaws of Bay State Federal Savings Bank)*
           3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.*
           3.2   Bylaws of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.*
           4.0   Draft Stock Certificate of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.*
          10.1   Bay State Federal Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
          10.2   Draft ESOP Loan Commitment Letter and ESOP Loan Documents*
          10.3   Forms of Employment Agreement between Bay State Federal Savings
                 Bank and certain executive officers*
          10.4   Forms of Employment Agreement  between  Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
                 and certain executive officers*
          10.5   Form of Change  in  Control Agreement between Bay State Federal
                 Savings Bank and certain executive officers*
          10.6   Form of Bay State Federal Savings Bank  Management Supplemental
                 Executive Retirement Plan*
          10.7   Form  of  Bay  State  Federal  Savings  Bank Retirement Benefit
                 Equalization Plan*
          10.8   Bay State  Federal Savings Bank Employee Severance Compensation
                 Plan*
          11.0   Computation of earnings per share**
          21.0   Subsidiary  information  is  incorporated  herein  by reference
                 "Item 1. Business -- General"
          27.0   Financial Data Schedule

                  ---------------

                    *    Incorporated  herein by  reference  into this  document
                         from the Exhibits to Form S-1, Registration  Statement,
                         and any amendments thereto, Registration No. 333-40115

                    **   Not  applicable  as the  Company  did  not  have a full
                         quarter of earnings in fiscal 1998.

           (b)   Reports on Form 8-K.

                 None.



                                       78
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with Section 13 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  caused  this  report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

                                   BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.


                                   By: /s/ John F. Murphy
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                           John F. Murphy
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                           Treasurer and Chairman of the Board
DATED:  June 29, 1998

     In  accordance  with the Exchange  Act,  this report has been signed by the
following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Name                      Title                                              Date
         ----                      -----                                              ----
<S>                                <C>                                                <C> 

/s/ John F. Murphy                 President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer      June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------      and Chairman of the Board     
John F. Murphy                     (Principal Executive Officer) 


/s/ Michael O. Gilles              Chief Financial Officer                            June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------      (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
Michael O. Gilles


/s/ Robert B. Cleary               Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Robert B. Cleary


/s/ Jerome R. Dangel               Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Jerome R. Dangel


/s/ Leo F. Grace                   Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Leo F. Grace


/s/ Richard F. Hughes              Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Richard F. Hughes


/s/ Richard F. McBride             Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Richard F. McBride


/s/ Kent T. Spellman               Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Kent T. Spellman


/s/ H. Chester Webster             Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
H. Chester Webster


/s/ Denise M. Renaghan             Director                                           June 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Denise M. Renaghan
</TABLE>







                         Bay State Federal Savings Bank

                          Employee Stock Ownership Plan

                             Effective April 1, 1997




<PAGE>


                         Bay State Federal Savings Bank
                          Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                                  Certification

     I, John F. Murphy, President,  Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer of Bay
State Federal  Savings Bank, a  federally-chartered  stock savings bank,  hereby
certify  that the  attached  Bay  State  Federal  Savings  Bank  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Plan,  effective April 1, 1997, was adopted at a duly held meeting of
the Board of Directors of the Bank.



ATTEST:                                Bay State Federal Savings Bank

/s/ Barbara L. Olafsson                By: /s/ John F. Murphy
- -----------------------------             --------------------------------------
Barbara L. Olafsson                       John F. Murphy
Secretary                                 President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                          Treasurer


<PAGE>


                         Bay State Federal Savings Bank
                          Employee Stock Ownership Plan

                                Table of Contents


Section 1 - Introduction.......................................................1

Section 2 - Definitions........................................................2

Section 3 - Eligibility and Participation......................................9

Section 4 - Contributions.....................................................11

Section 5 - Allocation and Valuation..........................................14

Section 6 - Vesting and Forfeitures...........................................21

Section 7 - Distributions.....................................................24

Section 8 - Voting of Company Stock and Tender Offers.........................29

Section 9 - The Committee and Plan Administration.............................30

Section 10 - Rules Governing Benefit Claims ..................................34

Section 11 - The Trust........................................................36

Section 12 - Adoption, Amendment and Termination..............................38

Section 13 - General Provisions...............................................40

Section 14 - Top-Heavy Provisions.............................................42


<PAGE>


                         Bay State Federal Savings Bank
                          Employee Stock Ownership Plan

                                    Section 1
                                  Introduction

Section 1.01 Nature of the Plan.

Effective as of April 1, 1997, (the "Effective Date"), Bay State Federal Savings
Bank, a  federally-chartered  savings bank (the "Bank"),  hereby establishes the
Bay State Federal  Savings Bank Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan (the "Plan") to
enable Eligible Employees (as defined in Section 2.01(p) of the Plan) to acquire
stock ownership interests in Bay State Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the
Bank (the  "Company").  The Bank intends this Plan to be a  tax-qualified  stock
bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code") and an employee stock  ownership plan within the meaning of Section
407(d)(6) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amended
("ERISA") and Sections 409 and  4975(e)(7) of the Code.  The Plan is designed to
invest  primarily in the common stock of the  Company,  which stock  constitutes
"qualifying  employer  securities"  within the meaning of Section  407(d)(5)  of
ERISA and Sections 409(l) and 4975(e)(8) of the Code. Accordingly,  the Plan and
Trust  Agreement  (as  defined  in  Section  2.01(oo)  of  the  Plan)  shall  be
interpreted and applied in a manner  consistent with the Bank's intent for it to
be a  tax-qualified  plan designed to invest  primarily in  qualifying  employer
securities.

Section 1.02 Employers and Affiliates.

The Bank and each of its Affiliates (as defined in Section  2.01(c) of the Plan)
which,  with the consent of the Bank,  adopt the Plan pursuant to the provisions
of Section 12.01 of the Plan are collectively referred to as the "Employers" and
individually  as an "Employer."  The Plan shall be treated as a single plan with
respect to all participating Employers.


<PAGE>


                                    Section 2
                                   Definitions

Section 2.01 Definitions.

In this Plan,  whenever  the context so  indicates,  the  singular or the plural
number and the  masculine  or  feminine  gender  shall be deemed to include  the
other,  the terms  "he,"  "his,"  and "him,"  shall  refer to a  Participant  or
Beneficiary,  as the case may be, and, except as otherwise  provided,  or unless
the context otherwise  requires,  the capitalized terms shall have the following
meanings:

(a) "Account" or "Accounts" mean a Participant's or Beneficiary's  Company Stock
Account and/or his Other Investments Account, as the context so requires.

(b) "Acquisition Loan" means a loan (or other extension of credit,  including an
installment  obligation to a "party in interest" (as defined in Section 3(14) of
ERISA))  incurred  by the  Trustee in  connection  with the  purchase of Company
Stock.

(c) "Affiliate" means any corporation,  trade or business, which, at the time of
reference,  is  together  with the  Bank,  a  member  of a  controlled  group of
corporations,  a group of trades or  businesses  (whether  or not  incorporated)
under common control,  or an affiliated  service group, as described in Sections
414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code, respectively,  or any other organization
treated as a single  employer  with the Bank under  Section  414(o) of the Code;
provided,  however,  that,  where the context so requires,  the term "Affiliate"
shall be construed to give full effect to the  provisions of Sections  409(l)(4)
and 415(h) of the Code.

(d) "Bank" means Bay State Federal  Savings Bank,  and any entity which succeeds
to the business of Bay State Federal  Savings Bank and which adopts this Plan in
accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section  12.02  of the Plan or by  written
agreement assuming the obligations under the Plan.

(e)  "Beneficiary"  means the person(s)  entitled to receive  benefits under the
Plan following a Participant's death, pursuant to Section 7.03 of the Plan.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) "Committee"  means the individual(s)  responsible for the  administration of
the Plan in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan.

(h) "Company" means Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and any entity which succeeds to the
business of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.


                                       2
<PAGE>


(i) "Company Stock" means shares of the voting common stock or preferred  stock,
meeting the  requirements  of Section 409 of the Code and Section  407(d)(5)  of
ERISA, issued by the Bank or its Affiliates.

(j) "Company Stock Account" means the account  established and maintained in the
name of each  Participant  or Beneficiary to reflect his share of the Trust Fund
invested in Company Stock.

(k) "Compensation" means, for salaried employees,

     (i) an  Employee's  base salary,  determined as of the last day of the Plan
     Year (including elective  contributions  excluded from the Employee's gross
     income under Section 125 of the Code for such Plan Year), plus

     (ii) bonuses and overtime paid to the Employee during the Plan Year.

For hourly employees, Compensation means the total cash compensation paid to the
employee during the Plan Year (including  elective  contributions  excluded from
the  Employee's  gross income under  Section 125 of the Code for the Plan Year),
excluding bonuses and overtime;  provided however,  that for the first Plan Year
such Compensation shall be determined with respect to the period beginning April
1, 1997, through March 31,1998.

A Participant's Compensation shall not exceed $150,000 (as periodically adjusted
pursuant to Section  401(a)(17) of the Code (the  "Compensation  Limit")).  If a
Participant's  Compensation  is  determined  on a basis of a period of less than
twelve (12) calendar months,  then the  Compensation  Limit for such Participant
shall be the Compensation  Limit in effect for the Plan Year in which the period
begins  multiplied by a ratio  obtained by dividing the number of full months in
the period by twelve (12).

(l)  "Conversion  Date" means the date the Company  first  issues  common  stock
pursuant to its initial public offering.

(m)  "Disability"  means that a Participant  has suffered a disability  which is
expected  to last in excess of 12  consecutive  months and such  Participant  is
either:

     (i) eligible for, or is receiving,  disability insurance benefits under the
     Federal Social Security Act, or

     (ii)  approved for  disability  under the  provisions  of any other benefit
     program or policy  maintained by the  Employer,  which policy or program is
     applied on a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  basis to all  Employees of the
     Employer.

(n) "Effective Date" means April 1, 1997.


                                       3
<PAGE>


(o)  "Eligibility  Computation  Period"  means a twelve (12)  consecutive  month
period. An Employee's first Eligibility  Computation  Period shall begin on date
he first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer ("employment  commencement
date").  Subsequent  Eligibility  Computation  Periods  shall be the Plan  Year,
commencing with the first Plan Year that includes the first  anniversary date of
the  Employee's  employment  commencement  date.  To  determine  an  Eligibility
Computation  Period  after a One Year Break in  Service,  the Plan shall use the
twelve (12)  consecutive  month period  beginning on the date the Employee again
performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

(p)  "Eligible   Employee"   means  any  Employee  who  is  not  precluded  from
participating  in the Plan by reason of the  provisions  of Section  3.02 of the
Plan.

(q) "Employee" means any person who is actually performing services for the Bank
or an Affiliate in a common-law,  employer-employee  relationship  as determined
under  Sections  31.3121(d)-1,  31.3306(i)-1,  or  31.3401(c)-1  of the Treasury
Regulations and any "leased  employee"  (within the meaning of Section 414(n) of
the Code).

(r) "Employer" or "Employers" means the Bank and its Affiliates, which adopt the
Plan in accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 12.01 of the Plan,  and any
entity which  succeeds to the business of the Bank or its  Affiliates  and which
adopts the Plan in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 12.02 of the Plan
or by written agreement assumes the obligations under the Plan.

(s) "Entry Date" means the first day of each January,  April,  July, and October
coinciding  with  or  next  following  the  date  the  Employee   satisfies  the
eligibility requirements under Section 3 of the Plan.

(t) "ERISA"  means the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended.

(u) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(v) "Financed Shares" means shares of Company Stock acquired by the Trustee with
the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan, which shall constitute "qualifying employer
securities"  under  Section  409(l) of the Code and any shares of Company  Stock
received upon conversion or exchange of such shares.

(w) "Highly  Compensated  Employee" means an Employee who, for a particular Plan
Year, satisfies one of the following conditions:

     (i) was a "5-percent  owner" (as defined in Section  414(q)(2) of the Code)
     during the year or the preceding year, or

     (ii) for the preceding year,


                                       4
<PAGE>


          (A) had  "compensation"  (as defined in Section 414(q)(4) of the Code)
          from the Bank and its Affiliates  exceeding  $80,000 (as  periodically
          adjusted pursuant to Section 414(q)(1) of the Code), and

          (B) if the Employer elects, was in the "top-paid group" (as defined in
          Section 414(q)(3) of the Code) of Employees for such preceding year.

(x) "Hours of Service" means:

     (i) Each hour for which an  Employee is paid,  or entitled to payment,  for
     performing  duties  for the  Employer  during  the  applicable  computation
     period.

     (ii) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for a
     period  during which no duties are performed  (irrespective  of whether the
     employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,  holiday, illness,
     incapacity  (including  disability),  layoff,  jury duty,  military duty or
     leave of absence.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  no credit shall
     be given to the Employee for:

          (A) more than 501 hours under this  clause (ii)  because of any single
          continuous period in which the Employee performs no duties (whether or
          not such period occurs in a single computation period);

          (B) an hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly  paid, or
          entitled  to  payment,  because  of a period  in which no  duties  are
          performed  if such  payment  is made  or due  under a plan  maintained
          solely for the  purpose  of  complying  with  applicable  worker's  or
          workmen's compensation, or unemployment, or disability insurance laws;
          or

          (C) an hour or a payment  which  solely  reimburses  the  Employee for
          medical or medically-related expenses incurred by the Employee.

     (iii) Each hour for which back pay,  irrespective of mitigation of damages,
     is either  awarded or agreed to by the Employer;  provided,  however,  that
     hours  credited  under  either  clause (i) or (ii) above  shall not also be
     credited  under this clause (iii).  Crediting of hours for back pay awarded
     or agreed to with respect to periods described in clause (ii) above will be
     subject to the limitations set forth in that clause.

The  crediting  of Hours of Service  shall be  determined  by the  Committee  in
accordance  with the rules set forth in Section  2530.200b-3 of the  regulations
prescribed by the Department of Labor, which rules shall be consistently applied
with  respect  to all  Employees  within the same job  classification.  Hours of
Service will be credited for employment with an Affiliate.


                                       5
<PAGE>


For purposes of determining whether an Employee has incurred a One Year Break in
Service and for  vesting and  participation  purposes,  if an Employee  begins a
maternity/paternity leave of absence described in Section 411(a)(6)(E)(i) of the
Code,  his Hours of Service  shall  include the Hours of Service that would have
been credited to him if he had not been so absent (or eight (8) Hours of Service
for  each  day of  such  absence  if the  actual  Hours  of  Service  cannot  be
determined).  An Employee  shall be credited  for such Hours of Service (up to a
maximum of 501 Hours of Service)  in the Plan Year in which his  absence  begins
(if such  crediting  will prevent him from incurring a One Year Break in Service
in such Plan  Year) or, in all other  cases,  in the  following  Plan  Year.  An
absence from employment for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

     (i) by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,

     (ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the Employee,

     (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection
     with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or

     (iv)  for  purposes  of  caring  for  such  child  for a  period  beginning
     immediately following such birth or placement.

(y) "Loan Suspense  Account" means that portion Trust Fund consisting of Company
Stock acquired with an Acquisition  Loan which has not yet been allocated to the
Participants' Accounts.

(z) "Matching  Contribution" means any contribution made to the Plan pursuant to
the provisions of Section 4.01(c) of the Plan.

(aa) "Normal  Retirement Age" means the date the Employee attains age sixty-five
(65).

(bb) "Normal  Retirement  Date" means the first day of the month coincident with
or next following the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

(cc) "One Year Break in Service"  means a twelve (12)  consecutive  month period
during which the Participant does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

(dd) "Other Investments Account" means the account established and maintained in
the name of each  Participant  or  Beneficiary to reflect his share of the Trust
Fund, other than Company Stock.

(ee) "Participant" means any Employee who has become a participant in accordance
with Section 3.01 of the Plan or any other person with an Account  balance under
the Plan.

(ff) "Plan" means this Bay State Federal  Savings Bank Employee Stock  Ownership
Plan, as amended from time to time.


                                       6
<PAGE>


(gg) "Plan Year" means the 12 month period  ending March 31;  provided,  however
the first Plan Year shall be a short Plan Year  commencing on the Effective Date
and ending on March 31, 1998.

(hh)  "Postponed  Retirement  Date" means the first day of the month  coincident
with or next following a Participant's  date of actual  retirement  which occurs
after his Normal Retirement Date.

(ii) "Recognized Absence" means a period for which:

     (i) an Employer  grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period
     of time,  but only if an  Employer  grants  such  leaves  of  absence  on a
     nondiscriminatory basis to all Eligible Employees; or

     (ii) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change
     in the business conditions of the Employer; or

     (iii) an Employee is on active  military  duty, but only to the extent that
     his employment  rights are protected by the Military  Selective Service Act
     of 1967 (38 U.S.C. sec. 2021).

(jj) "Retirement Date" means a Participant's Normal Retirement Date or Postponed
Retirement Date, whichever is applicable.

(kk) "Savings Plan" means the Bay State Federal Savings Bank Employees'  Savings
& Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended from time to time.

(ll) "Service" means employment with the Bank or an Affiliate.

(mm) "Treasury Regulations" means the regulations  promulgated by the Department
of Treasury under the Code.

(nn) "Trust" means the Bay State Federal  Savings Bank Employee Stock  Ownership
Plan Trust created in connection with the establishment of the Plan.

(oo) "Trust Agreement" means the trust agreement establishing the Trust.

(pp)  "Trust  Fund"  means  the  assets  held in the Trust  for the  benefit  of
Participants and their Beneficiaries.

(qq)  "Trustee"  means the trustee or trustees from time to time in office under
the Trust Agreement.


                                       7
<PAGE>


(rr) "Valuation Date" means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as
of which the Committee  shall  determine the investment  experience of the Trust
Fund and adjust the Participants' Accounts accordingly.

(ss) "Valuation  Period" means the period  following a Valuation Date and ending
with the next Valuation Date.

(tt) "Year of  Service"  means any Plan Year in which an Employee  completes  at
least 1,000 Hours of Service.


                                       8
<PAGE>


                                    Section 3
                          Eligibility and Participation

Section 3.01 Initial Participation.

(a) Employees Employed as of the Effective Date. Any Employee who is employed by
an Employer at any time from the  Effective  Date to the  Conversion  Date shall
enter  the Plan and  become a  Participant  immediately  as of the  later of the
Effective  Date or the  date he  first  performs  an  Hour  of  Service  for the
Employer.

(b) Employees  Employed  After the  Conversion  Date.  An Eligible  Employee who
becomes  employed by an Employer  subsequent to the Conversion  Date shall enter
the Plan and become a Participant as of the Entry Date  coincident  with or next
following the date he satisfies the following requirements:

     (i) He has completed one Year of Service during an Eligibility  Computation
     Period; and

     (ii) He has attained 21 years of age.

Section 3.02 Certain Employees Ineligible.

Except as provided for in Section  3.01(a) of the Plan, the following  Employees
are ineligible to participate in the Plan:

(a) Employees covered by a collective  bargaining agreement between the Employer
and the Employee's collective bargaining representative if:

     (i)  retirement  benefits  have been the  subject of good faith  bargaining
     between the Employer and the representative, and

     (ii) the collective  bargaining  agreement does not expressly  provide that
     Employees of such unit be covered under the Plan;

(b) Employees paid solely on an hourly basis.

(c) Employees who are  nonresident  aliens and who receive no earned income from
an Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States; and

(d) Employees of an Affiliate that has not adopted the Plan pursuant to Sections
12.01 or 12.02 of the Plan.


                                       9
<PAGE>


Section 3.03 Transfer to Eligible Employment.

If an Employee  ineligible to  participate in the Plan by reason of Section 3.02
of the Plan transfers to employment as an Eligible Employee,  he shall enter the
Plan as of the later of:

(a) the first Entry Date after the date of transfer, or

(b) the first Entry Date on which he could have become a Participant pursuant to
Section 3.01 of the Plan if his prior  employment with the Bank or Affiliate had
been as an Eligible Employee.

Section 3.04 Participation After Reemployment and Recognized Absences.

A former Employee who is reemployed by an Employer and has previously  satisfied
the  eligibility  requirements  of  Section  3.01 of the  Plan  shall  become  a
Participant as of his date of reemployment.

Section 3.05 Participation Not Guarantee of Employment.

Participation  in the Plan  does not  constitute  a  guarantee  or  contract  of
employment and will not give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ
of the Bank or any of its Affiliates nor any right or claim to any benefit under
the terms of the Plan unless such right or claim has specifically  accrued under
the Plan.


                                       10
<PAGE>


                                    Section 4
                                  Contributions

Section 4.01 Employer Contributions.

(a)  Discretionary  Contributions.   Each  Plan  Year,  each  Employer,  in  its
discretion,  may  make a  contribution  to the  Trust.  Each  Employer  making a
contribution for any Plan Year under this Section 4.01(a) will contribute to the
Trustee cash equal to, or Company  Stock or other  property  having an aggregate
fair  market  value  equal to,  such  amount as the  Board of  Directors  of the
Employer  shall   determine  by  resolution.   Notwithstanding   the  Employer's
discretion  with respect to the medium of  contribution,  an Employer  shall not
make a  contribution  in  any  medium  which  would  make  such  contribution  a
prohibited transaction (for which no exemption is provided) under Section 406 of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

(b) Employer  Contributions for Acquisition Loans. Each Plan Year, the Employers
shall,  subject to the provisions of the Bank's "Plan of  Conversion"  (as filed
with the  appropriate  governmental  agencies  in  connection  with  the  Bank's
conversion  from a  mutual  to  stock  form of  organization)  and  any  related
regulatory  prohibitions,  contribute an amount of cash  sufficient to enable to
the  Trustee  to  discharge  any  indebtedness   incurred  with  respect  to  an
Acquisition  Loan pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition  Loan. The Employers'
obligation to make contributions  under this Section 4.01(b) shall be reduced to
the extent of any investment earnings attributable to such contributions and any
cash  dividends  paid with  respect to Company  Stock held by the Trustee in the
Loan Suspense Account.  The Employers'  obligation to make  contributions  under
this  Section  4.01(b)  shall  further  be  reduced  to the  extent  of any cash
contribution  made  pursuant to the  provisions of paragraph (c) of this Section
4.01. If there is more than one Acquisition  Loan, the Employers shall designate
the one to which any  contribution  pursuant to this  Section  4.01(b),  and, if
applicable paragraph (c) of this Section 4.01, is to be applied.

(c) Employer Matching  Contributions under the Savings Plan. For each Plan Year,
each Employer, in its discretion,  may make a contribution to the Trust equal to
a percentage of the Employee's  voluntary  contributions  made for the Plan Year
under the Savings Plan.  Each Employer  making a contribution  for any Plan Year
under this Section  4.01(c)  shall  contribute  to the Trustee cash equal to, or
Company Stock or other property  having an aggregate fair market value equal to,
such  amount  as the Board of  Directors  of the  Employer  shall  determine  by
resolution  or as  shall  be set  forth  in the  Savings  Plan,  as  applicable.
Notwithstanding  the  Employer's  discretion  with  respect  to  the  medium  of
contribution,  an Employer  shall not make a  contribution  in any medium  which
would make such contribution a prohibited transaction (for which no exemption is
provided) under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.


                                       11
<PAGE>


Section 4.02 Limitations on Contributions.

In no event shall an Employer's  contribution(s)  made under Section 4.01 of the
Plan for any Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

(a) The maximum amount deductible under Section 404 of the Code by that Employer
as an expense for Federal income tax purposes; and

(b) The maximum  amount which can be credited  for that Plan Year in  accordance
with the allocation limitation provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

Section 4.03 Acquisition Loans.

The  Trustee  may  incur  Acquisition  Loans  from time to time to  finance  the
acquisition of Company Stock for the Trust or to repay a prior Acquisition Loan.
An Acquisition  Loan shall be for a specific term,  shall bear a reasonable rate
of interest,  and shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default,
and shall be primarily for the benefit of Participants and  Beneficiaries of the
Plan. An Acquisition Loan may be secured by a collateral  pledge of the Financed
Shares so acquired  and any other Plan  assets  which are  permissible  security
within the provisions of Section  54.4975-7(b) of the Treasury  Regulations.  No
other  assets  of  the  Plan  or  Trust  may be  pledged  as  collateral  for an
Acquisition  Loan,  and no lender  shall have  recourse  against any other Trust
assets.  Any pledge of Financed Shares must provide for the release of shares so
pledged on a basis equal to the principal  and interest (or if the  requirements
of  Section  54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii)  of the  Treasury  Regulations  are met and the
Employer  so  elects,  principal  payments  only),  paid by the  Trustee  on the
Acquisition   Loan.  The  released   Financed   Shares  shall  be  allocated  by
Participants'  Accounts in  accordance  with the  provisions of Sections 5.04 or
5.09 of the Plan, whichever is applicable.  Payment of principal and interest on
any  Acquisition  Loan  shall be made by the  Trustee  only  from  the  Employer
contributions  paid in  cash  to  enable  the  Trustee  to  repay  such  loan in
accordance  with  Sections  4.01(b)  or  4.01(c)  of  the  Plan,  from  earnings
attributable  to such  contributions,  and any cash  dividends  received  by the
Trustee on Financed Shares  acquired with the proceeds of the  Acquisition  Loan
(including contributions, earnings and dividends received during or prior to the
year of repayment less such payments in prior years),  whether or not allocated.
Financed  Shares shall  initially be credited to the Loan  Suspense  Account and
shall be transferred for allocation to the Company Stock Account of Participants
only as payments of principal and interest (or, if the  requirements  of Section
54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii)  of the  Treasury  Regulations  are met and the  Employer so
elects,  principal  payments  only),  on the  Acquisition  Loan  are made by the
Trustee.  The number of Financed  Shares to be released  from the Loan  Suspense
Account for allocation to Participants' Company Stock Account for each Plan Year
shall be based on the ratio that the payments of principal  and interest (or, if
the requirements of Section  54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are
met and the Employer so elects,  principal  payments  only),  on the Acquisition
Loan for that  Plan  Year  bears to the sum of the  payments  of  principal  and
interest  on the  Acquisition  Loan for that Plan Year plus the total  remaining
payment of principal and interest projected (or, if the


                                       12
<PAGE>


requirements of Section  54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met
and the Employer so elects,  principal  payments only), on the Acquisition  Loan
over the  duration of the  Acquisition  Loan  repayment  period,  subject to the
provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

Section 4.04. Conditions as to Contributions.

In addition to the  provisions of Section 12.03 of the Plan for the return of an
Employer's  contributions  in  connection  with a failure of the Plan to qualify
initially  under the Code,  any amount  contributed by an Employer due to a good
faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of
its  deductibility  under  Section  404 of the Code,  shall be  returned  to the
Employer  within one year after the date on which the Employer  originally  made
such  contribution,  or  within  one year  after its  nondeductibility  has been
finally determined.  However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take
account for any adverse investment experience within the Trust in order that the
balance credited to each  Participant's  Accounts is not less that it would have
been if the contribution had never been made by the Employer.

Section 4.05 Employee Contributions.

Employee contributions are neither required nor permitted under the Plan.

Section 4.06 Rollover Contributions.

Rollover  contributions of assets from other tax-qualified  retirement plans are
not permitted under the Plan.

Section 4.07 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfers.

Trustee-to-trustee  transfer of assets from other tax-qualified retirement plans
are not permitted under the Plan.


                                       13
<PAGE>


                                    Section 5
                                 Plan Accounting

Section 5.01 Accounting for Allocations.

The  Committee  shall  establish  the  Accounts  (and  sub-accounts,  if  deemed
necessary) for each Participant,  and the accounting  procedures for the purpose
of making the  allocations to the  Participants'  Accounts  provided for in this
Section 5. The Committee  shall maintain  adequate  records of the cost basis of
shares of Company Stock allocated to each  Participant's  Company Stock Account.
The Committee also shall keep separate  records of Financed Shares  attributable
to each  Acquisition  Loan and of  contributions  made by the Employers (and any
earnings  thereon)  made for the  purpose of  enabling  the Trustee to repay any
Acquisition  Loan.  From time to time,  the Committee may modify its  accounting
procedures  for  the  purpose  of  achieving  equitable  and   nondiscriminatory
allocations  among  the  Accounts  of  Participants,   in  accordance  with  the
provisions  of this Section 5 and the  applicable  requirements  of the Code and
ERISA.  In accordance with Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may delegate the
responsibility for maintaining Accounts and records.

Section 5.02 Maintenance of Participants' Company Stock Accounts.

As of each Valuation  Date, the Committee shall adjust the Company Stock Account
of each Participant to reflect activity during the Valuation Period as follows:

(a) First, charge to each Participant's  Company Stock Account all distributions
and payments made to him that have not been previously charged;

(b) Next,  credit to each  Participant's  Company  Stock  Account  the shares of
Company  Stock,  if any,  that have been  purchased  with amounts from his Other
Investments  Account,  and adjust such Other  Investments  Account in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Plan; and

(c) Finally,  credit to each  Participant's  Company Stock Account the shares of
Company Stock  representing  contributions  made by the Employers in the form of
Company Stock and the number of Financed  Shares released from the Loan Suspense
Account  under Section 4.03 of the Plan that are to be allocated and credited as
of that date in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 of the Plan.

Section 5.03 Maintenance of Participants' Other Investments Accounts.

As of each  Valuation  Date,  the Committee  shall adjust the Other  Investments
Account of each  Participant to reflect  activity during the Valuation Period as
follows:


                                       14
<PAGE>


(a)  First,   charge  to  each  Participant's   Other  Investments  Account  all
distributions and payments made to him that have not previously been charged;

(b) Next, if Company Stock is purchased with assets from a  Participant's  Other
Investments  Account,  the  Participant's  Other  Investments  Account  shall be
charged accordingly;

(c) Next, subject to the dividend provisions of Section 5.09 of the Plan, credit
to the Other Investments  Account of each Participant any cash dividends paid to
the Trustee on shares of Company Stock held in that Participant's  Company Stock
Account (as of the record date for such cash  dividends)  and dividends  paid on
shares of Company  Stock held in the Loan  Suspense  Account  that have not been
used to repay any  Acquisition  Loan.  Cash dividends that have not been used to
repay an  Acquisition  Loan and have  been  credited  to a  Participant's  Other
Investments  Account  shall be applied  by the  Trustee  to  purchase  shares of
Company Stock,  which shares shall then be credited to the Company Stock Account
of such Participant.  The Participant's  Other Investments Account shall then be
charged by the amount of cash used to  purchase  such  Company  Stock or used to
repay any Acquisition Loan. In addition, any earnings on:

     (i) Other  Investments  Accounts will be allocated to  Participants'  Other
     Investments  Account,  pro rata,  based on such Other  Investment  Accounts
     balances as of the first day of the Valuation Period, and

     (ii) the Loan  Suspense  Account,  other than  dividends  used to repay the
     Acquisition  Loan,  will be allocated to  Participants'  Other  Investments
     Accounts,  pro rata, based on their Other Investment Account Balances as of
     the first day of the Valuation Period.

(d) Next,  allocate  and credit the  Employer  contributions  made  pursuant  to
Section 4.01(b) of the Plan for the purpose of repaying any Acquisition  Loan in
accordance  with  Section  5.04 of the Plan.  Such amount  shall then be used to
repay any Acquisition  Loan and such  Participant's  Other  Investments  Account
shall be charged accordingly; and

(e) Finally,  allocate and credit the Employer contributions (other than amounts
contributed  to repay an  Acquisition  Loan) that are made in cash (or  property
other than Company Stock) for the Plan Year to the Other Investments  Account of
each Participant in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Plan.

Section 5.04 Allocation and Crediting of Employer Contributions.

(a) Except as  otherwise  provided  for in Section  5.09 of the Plan,  as of the
Valuation Date for each Plan Year.


                                       15
<PAGE>


     (i) Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account for that year and
     shares of Company Stock contributed directly to the Plan shall be allocated
     and credited to each Active  Participant's  (as defined in paragraph (c) of
     this Section 5.04) Account as follows:

          (A) first the  number of shares of Company  Stock  with a fair  market
          value  (valued as of the time the Matching  Contributions  are accrued
          under the Savings Plan) equal to the Matching Contributions made under
          Section 4.01(c) of the Plan on behalf of an Active  Participant  shall
          be credited to the Active  Participant's  Company Stock Account (and a
          matching contribution sub-account); and then

          (B) the number of shares of Company Stock that bears the same ratio as
          the  Active   Participant's   Compensation   bears  to  the  aggregate
          Compensation  of all  Active  Participants  for the Plan Year shall be
          credited to such Active Participant's Company Stock Account, and then

     (ii) The cash  contributions  not used to repay an Acquisition Loan and any
     other property  (other than shares of Company Stock)  contributed  for that
     year and  forfeitures  (as  determined  pursuant  to Section 6 of the Plan)
     shall be allocated and credited to each Active Participant's  Account based
     on the ratio determined by comparing each Active Participant's Compensation
     to the aggregate Compensation of all Active Participants for the Plan Year.

(b) For purposes of this Section 5.04, the term "Active Participant" means:

     (i) with respect to  contributions  made pursuant to Section 4.01(c) of the
     Plan, those  Participants who would have otherwise have been entitled to an
     allocation  of matching  contributions  under the terms of the Savings Plan
     for such period; and

     (ii) with respect to  contributions  made pursuant to Sections  4.01(a) and
     4.01(b) of the Plan, those Employees who:

          (A)  were  employed  by  that  Employer,   including  Employees  on  a
          Recognized  Absence,  on the last day of the Plan Year  and,  for Plan
          Years  beginning on or after April 1, 1998,  completed  1,000 Hours of
          Service during the Plan Year, or

          (B) who terminated employment during the Plan Year by reason of death,
          Disability, or attainment of their Retirement Date.


                                       16
<PAGE>


Section 5.05 Limitations on Allocations.

(a) In General.  Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.05,  Section 415 of
the Code  shall be  incorporated  by  reference  into the terms of the Plan.  No
allocation  shall be made under  Section 5.04 of the Plan that would result in a
violation of Section 415 of the Code.

(b)  Code  Section  415  Compensation.   For  purposes  of  this  Section  5.05,
Compensation shall be adjusted to reflect the general rule of Section 1.415-2(d)
of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Limitation Year. The "limitation year" (within the meaning of Section 415 of
the Code) shall be the calendar year.

(d) Multiple  Defined  Contribution  Plans. In any case where a Participant also
participates in another defined contribution plan of the Bank or its Affiliates,
the  appropriate  committee of such other plan shall first reduce the  after-tax
contributions  under any such plan,  shall then  reduce any  elective  deferrals
under any such plan subject to Section 401(k) of the Code, shall then reduce all
other  contributions  under any other such plan and,  if  necessary,  shall then
reduce contributions under this Plan, subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)
of this Section 5.05.

(e)  Combined  Plan  Limitations.  To the extent  necessary  to comply  with the
requirements  of  Section  415(e)  of  the  Code,  the  plan  administration  or
appropriate  committee  shall first reduce the annual benefit  payable under any
defined  benefit plan in which the Participant  participates  and, if necessary,
the  Committee  shall  thereafter  reduce the  contributions  under the  defined
contribution  plans in which such  Participant  participates  in accordance with
paragraph (d) of this Section 5.05.

(f) Excess  Allocations.  If, after  applying the  allocation  provisions  under
Section  5.04 of the Plan,  allocations  under  Section  5.04 of the Plan  would
otherwise result in a Participant's account being in violation of Section 415 of
the Code,  the Committee  shall reduce the Employer  contributions  for the next
limitation  year  (and  succeeding  limitation  years,  as  necessary)  for that
Participant  if that  Participant  is  covered  by the Plan as of the end of the
limitation year.  However,  if that Participant is not covered by the Plan as of
the  end of  the  limitation  year,  then  the  excess  amounts  shall  be  held
unallocated  in a suspense  account for the  limitation  year and  allocated and
reallocated in the next limitation year to all the remaining Participants in the
Plan;  furthermore,  the  excess  amounts  shall  be  used  to  reduce  Employer
contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding  limitation years, as
necessary) for all the remaining Participants in the Plan.

Section 5.06 Other Limitations.

Aside from the  limitations  set forth in Sections 5.05 of the Plan, in no event
shall more than one-third of the Employer  contributions  to the Plan (including
Matching  Contributions)  be  allocated  to the  Accounts of Highly  Compensated
Employees.  In order to ensure  such  allocations  are not made,  the  Committee
shall, beginning with the Participants whose Compensation exceeds the limit then


                                       17
<PAGE>


in  effect  under  Section   401(a)(17)  of  the  Code,  reduce  the  amount  of
Compensation  of such  Highly  Compensated  Employees  on a  pro-rata  basis per
individual that would otherwise be taken into account for purposes of allocating
benefits  under  Section 5.04 of the Plan.  If, in order to satisfy this Section
5.06, any such  Participant's  Compensation must be reduced to an amount that is
lower  than the  Compensation  amount of the next  highest  paid  (based on such
Participant's   Compensation)   Highly  Compensated  Employee  (the  "breakpoint
amount"),  then,  for purposes of allocating  benefits under Section 5.04 of the
Plan,  the  Compensation  of all concerned  Participants  shall be reduced to an
amount not to exceed such breakpoint amount.

Section 5.07 Limitations as to Certain Section 1042 Transactions.

To the extent that a shareholder of Company Stock sell qualifying  Company Stock
to the Plan and elects  (with the  consent of the Bank)  nonrecognition  of gain
under  Section 1042 of the Code,  no portion of the Company  Stock  purchased in
such  nonrecognition  transaction  (or  dividends or other  income  attributable
thereto) may accrue or be  allocated  during the  nonallocation  period (the ten
(10) year period beginning on the later of the date of the sale of the qualified
Company  Stock or the  date of the Plan  allocation  attributable  to the  final
payment of an  Acquisition  Loan incurred in connection  with such sale) for the
benefit of:

(a) The selling shareholder;

(b) the  spouse,  brothers  or  sisters  (whether  by the whole or half  blood),
ancestors  or  lineal  descendants  of the  selling  shareholder  or  descendant
referred to in (a) above; or

(c) any other person who owns, after  application of Section 318(a) of the Code,
more than twenty-five percent (25%) of:

     (i) any class of outstanding stock of the Bank or any Affiliate, or

     (ii) the total value of any class of  outstanding  stock of the Bank or any
     Affiliate.

For purposes of this Section 5.07,  Section  318(a) of the Code shall be applied
without regard to the employee trust exception of Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) of the
Code.

Section 5.08 Nondiscrimination Test for Matching Contributions.

(a)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  the Plan shall meet the
nondiscrimination  test of  Section  401(m) of the Code for each Plan  Year.  In
order to meet the nondiscrimination  test, any or all of the following steps may
be taken:

     (i)    At any time during the Plan Year, the Committee may limit the amount
            of  Matching  Contributions  that may be made on  behalf  of  Highly
            Compensated Employees;


                                       18
<PAGE>


     (ii)   The Committee may  distribute  to Highly  Compensated  Employees the
            excess aggregate contributions made for the Plan Year, to the extent
            necessary to meet the requirements of Section 401(m) of Code, on the
            basis of the  amount  of  contributions  on behalf  of, or by,  each
            Highly Compensated Employee;

     (iii)  The  Committee  may  recommend to the Board of Directors of the Bank
            that the Employer make an additional  Matching  Contribution  to the
            Plan for the benefit of Participants who are not Highly  Compensated
            Employees  to the  extent  necessary  to meet  the  requirements  of
            Section 401(m) of the Code; and

     (iv)   The  Committee  may take any other  steps that the  Committee  deems
            appropriate.

(b) The  nondiscrimination  requirements  of Section  401(m) of the Code require
that, in each Plan Year, the  "Contribution  Percentage"  (defined below) of the
eligible  Highly  Compensated  Employees  for such Plan Year does not exceed the
greater of:

     (i)    The Contribution  Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the
            preceding Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

     (ii)   The  lesser of the  Contribution  Percentage  of all other  eligible
            Employees  for  the  preceding  Plan  Year  multiplied  by 2, or the
            Contribution  Percentage  of all other  eligible  Employees  for the
            preceding  Plan  Year  plus  2  percentage  points.   (Use  of  this
            alternative limitation shall be subject to the provisions of Section
            1.401(m)-2 of the Treasury Regulations regarding the multiple use of
            the  alternative  deferral tests set for forth in Section 401(k) and
            401(m) of the Code.)

The Committee may elect to calculate the Contribution Percentages using the Plan
Year  rather  than the  preceding  Plan  Year;  provided,  however,  that if the
Committee  so  elects,  the  election  may only be changed  as  provided  by the
Secretary of the Treasury.

(c) The "Contribution Percentage" for a group of Employees is the average of the
ratios,  calculated  separately for each Employee in the group, of the amount of
Matching  Contributions  that are  credited  under  the Plan on  behalf  of each
Employee for the Plan Year, to the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year.

Section 5.09 Dividends.

(a) Stock  Dividends.  Dividends  on Company  Stock  which are  received  by the
Trustee in the form of additional Company Stock shall be retained in the portion
of the Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock,  and shall be allocated among the
Participant's  Accounts and the Loan Suspense  Account in accordance  with their
holdings of the Company Stock on which the dividends have been paid.


                                       19
<PAGE>


(b) Cash Dividends on Allocated  Shares.  Dividends on Company Stock credited to
Participants'  Accounts  which are  received  by the Trustee in the form of cash
shall, at the direction of the Bank, either:

     (i) be credited to  Participants'  Accounts in accordance with Section 5.03
     of the Plan and invested as part of the Trust Fund;

     (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants;

     (iii) be  distributed  to the  Participants  within ninety (90) days of the
     close of the Plan Year in which paid; or

     (iv) be used to repay principal and interest on the  Acquisition  Loan used
     to acquire Company Stock on which the dividends were paid.

(c) Cash Dividends on Unallocated Shares. Dividends on Company Stock held in the
Loan  Suspense  Account  which are  received  by the Trustee in the form of cash
shall be applied as soon as  practicable  to payments of principal  and interest
under the Acquisition Loan incurred with the purchase of the Company Stock.

(d) Financed Shares.  Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account by
reason of dividends  paid with respect to such Company  Stock shall be allocated
under Sections 5.03 and 5.04 of the Plan as follows:

     (i) First,  Financed  Shares with a fair market value at least equal to the
     dividends  paid with respect the Company Stock  allocated to  Participants'
     Accounts  shall be  allocated  among and  credited to the  Accounts of such
     Participants,  pro rata, according to the number of shares of Company Stock
     held in such accounts on the date such dividend is declared by the Company;

     (ii) Then, any remaining  Financed  Shares  released from the Loan Suspense
     Account by reason of dividends  paid with respect to Company  Stock held in
     the Loan  Suspense  Account  shall be  allocated  among and credited to the
     Accounts of all  Participants,  pro rata,  according to each  Participant's
     Compensation.


                                       20
<PAGE>


                                    Section 6
                             Vesting and Forfeitures

Section 6.01 Deferred Vesting in Accounts.

(a) A Participant  shall become  vested in his Accounts in  accordance  with the
following schedule:

            Years of Service                          Vested Percentage
            ----------------                          -----------------
            Less than 1 year                                 0%
            1 to 2 years                                     20%
            2 to 3 years                                     40%
            3 to 4 years                                     60%
            4 to 5 years                                     80%
            5 years or more                                  100%

(b) For purposes of  determining  a  Participant's  Years of Service  under this
Section  6.01,  employment  with  the  Bank  or an  Affiliate  shall  be  deemed
employment  with the  Employer.  With  respect to  Employees  who enter the Plan
pursuant  to  Section  3.01(a)  of the  Plan,  for  purposes  of  determining  a
Participant's  vested percentage,  all Years of Service shall be included.  With
respect to Employees who enter the Plan pursuant to Section 3.01(b) of the Plan,
for purposes of  determining a  Participant's  vested  percentage,  all Years of
Service  shall be  included,  subject to the  provisions  of Section 6.05 of the
Plan.

Section 6.02 Immediate Vesting in Certain Situations.

(a)  Notwithstanding  Section  6.01(a) of the Plan, a  Participant  shall become
fully vested in his Accounts upon the earlier of:

     (i)   termination   of  the  Plan  or  upon  the   permanent  and  complete
     discontinuance  of  contributions  by his  Employer to the Plan;  provided,
     however,  that in the event of a partial termination,  the interest of each
     Participant  shall  fully  vest only with  respect to that part of the Plan
     which is terminated;

     (ii) The Participant's Normal Retirement Age;

     (iii) A "Change in Control" (as defined below); or

     (iv) Termination of employment by reason of death or Disability.

For  purposes  of this  Section  6.02,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank or the
Company means an event of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in
response to Item 1 of the current report


                                       21
<PAGE>


on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)
results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company  within the meaning of
the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
and the Rules and  Regulations  promulgated by the Office of Thrift  Supervision
("OTS") (or its predecessor  agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided,
that in  applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth  under the
rules and  regulations  of the OTS, the Board shall  substitute its judgment for
that of the OTS); or (iii) without  limitation such a Change in Control shall be
deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any "person" (as the term is used in
Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes  the  "beneficial
owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly,  of voting securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or
more of the Bank's or the Company's  outstanding  voting  securities or right to
acquire such securities  except for any voting  securities of the Bank purchased
by the Company and any voting securities  purchased by any employee benefit plan
of the Bank or the Company,  or (B)  individuals who constitute the Board on the
date hereof (the "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least
a majority thereof,  provided that any person becoming a director  subsequent to
the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters
of the  directors  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board,  or whose  nomination  for
election by the  Company's  stockholders  was  approved  by the same  Nominating
Committee  serving  under an  Incumbent  Board,  shall be, for  purposes of this
clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (C)
a plan of reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction occurs in which
the Bank or Company is not the resulting entity.

Section 6.03 Treatment of Forfeitures.

(a) If a  Participant  who is  not  fully  vested  in  his  Accounts  terminates
employment,  that  portion of his  Accounts  in which he is not vested  shall be
forfeited upon the earlier of:

     (i) The date the  Participant  receives a distribution of his entire vested
     benefits under the Plan, or

     (ii) The date at which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive One Year
     Breaks in Service.

(b)  If  a  Participant  who  has  terminated  employment  and  has  received  a
distribution  of his  entire  vested  benefits  under  the Plan is  subsequently
reemployed  by an Employer  prior to  incurring  five (5)  consecutive  One Year
Breaks  in  Service,  he shall  have  the  portion  of his  Accounts  which  was
previously forfeited restored to his Accounts, provided he repays to the Trustee
within five (5) years of his subsequent  employment  date an amount equal to the
distribution. The amount restored to the Participant's Account shall be credited
to his  Account  as of the last day of the Plan  Year in which  the  Participant
repays the distributed  amount to the Trustee and the restored amount shall come
from other Employees'  forfeitures  and, if such  forfeitures are  insufficient,
from a special  contribution  by his Employer for that year. If a  Participant's
employment terminates prior to his Account having


                                       22
<PAGE>


become vested,  such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution
of his entire  vested  interest  as of the  Valuation  Date next  following  his
termination of employment.

(c) If a  Participant  who has  terminated  employment  but has not  received  a
distribution  of his  entire  vested  benefits  under  the Plan is  subsequently
reemployed by an Employer  subsequent to incurring five (5) consecutive One Year
Breaks in Service,  any  undistributed  balance of his  Accounts  from his prior
participation  which was not  forfeited  shall be  maintained  as a fully vested
subaccount with his Account.

(d) If a portion of a  Participant's  Account is  forfeited,  assets  other than
Company Stock must be forfeited before any Company Stock may be forfeited.

(e) Forfeitures shall be reallocated among the other Participants in the Plan.

Section 6.04 Accounting for Forfeitures.

A forfeiture shall be charged to the  Participant's  Account as of the first day
of the first Valuation  Period in which the forfeiture  becomes certain pursuant
to Section 6.03 of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.03 of the
Plan,  a  forfeiture  shall  be  added to the  contributions  of the  terminated
Participant's  Employer which are to be credited to other Participants  pursuant
to Section 4 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes
certain.

Section 6.05 Vesting Upon Reemployment.

(a) If an  Employee  is not vested in his  Accounts,  incurs a One Year Break in
Service and again  performs  an Hour of Service,  such  Employee  shall  receive
credit for his Years of Service  prior to his One Year Break in Service  only if
the number of  consecutive  One Year  Breaks in Service is less than the greater
of:  (i) five (5) years of (ii) the  aggregate  number  of his Years of  Service
credited before his One Year Break in Service.

(b) If a  Participant  is partially  vested in his  Accounts,  incurs a One Year
Break in Service and again performs an Hour of Service,  such Participant  shall
receive  credit for his Years of Service prior to his One Year Break in Service;
provided, however, that after five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, a
former  Participant's  vested interest in his Accounts  attributable to Years of
Service  prior to his One Year  Break in  Service  shall not be  increased  as a
result of his Years of Service following his reemployment date.

(c) If a Participant is fully vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Break in
Service and again performs an Hour of Service,  such  Participant  shall receive
credit for all his Years of Service prior to his One Year Breaks in Service.


                                       23
<PAGE>


                                    Section 7
                                  Distributions

Section 7.01 Distribution of Benefit Upon a Termination of Employment.

(a) A Participant  whose employment  terminates for any reason shall receive the
entire vested  portion of his Accounts in a single payment on a date selected by
the Committee;  provided, however, that such date shall be on or before the 60th
day  after  the end of the  Plan  Year in  which  the  Participant's  employment
terminated.   The  benefits  from  that  portion  of  the  Participant's   Other
Investments  Account  shall  be  calculated  on the  basis  of the  most  recent
Valuation Date before the date of payment.  Subject to the provisions of Section
7.05 of the Plan, if the Committee so provides, a Participant may elect that his
benefits be distributed  to him in the form of either  Company  Stock,  cash, or
some combination thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding  paragraph (a) of this Section 7.01, if the balance credited
to a  Participant's  Accounts  exceeds,  or has ever  exceeded  at the time such
benefit was  distributable,  $5,000,  his benefits  shall not be paid before the
latest of his 65th  birthday  or the tenth  anniversary  of the year in which he
commenced participation in the Plan, unless he elects an early payment date in a
written election filed with the Committee.  Such an election is not valid unless
it is made after the  Participant has received the required notice under Section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury  Regulations that provides a general  description
of the material features of a lump sum distribution and the Participant's  right
to defer receipt of his benefits under the Plan. The notice shall be provided no
less  than 30 days and no more  than 90 days  before  the first day on which all
events have occurred  which  entitle the  Participant  to such benefit.  Written
consent of the Participant to the distribution  generally may not be made within
30 days of the date the  Participant  receives  the notice and shall not be made
more than 90 days from the date the Participant receives the notice.  However, a
distribution  may be made less  than 30 days  after the  notice  provided  under
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, if:

     (i) the Committee  clearly informs the  Participant  that he has a right to
     period of at least 30 days  after  receiving  the  notice to  consider  the
     decision of whether or not to elect a distribution  (and if  applicable,  a
     particular distribution option), and

     (ii) the Participant,  after receiving the notice,  affirmatively  elects a
     distribution.

A Participant may modify such an election at any time,  provided any new benefit
payment  date is at least 30 days after a modified  election is delivered to the
Committee.

Section 7.02 Minimum Distribution Requirements.

With  respect to all  Participants,  other than  those who are "5%  owners"  (as
defined in Section  416 of the Code),  benefits  shall be paid no later than the
April 1st of the later of:


                                       24
<PAGE>


     (i) the calendar year following the calendar year in which the  Participant
     attains age 70-1/2, or

     (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

With respect to all Participants who are 5% owners within the meaning of Section
416 of the Code,  such  Participants  benefits  shall be paid no later  than the
April  1st of the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year in  which  the
Participant attains age 70-1/2.

Section 7.03 Benefits on a Participant's Death.

(a) If a Participant  dies before his benefits are paid pursuant to Section 7.01
of the  Plan,  the  balance  credited  to his  Accounts  shall  be  paid  to his
Beneficiary in a single  distribution on or before the 60th day after the end of
the Plan Year in which the Participant  died. If the Participant has not named a
Beneficiary or if his named Beneficiary should not survive him, then the balance
in his Account  shall be paid to his estate.  The benefits  from that portion of
the Participant's  Other Investments Account shall be calculated on the basis of
the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

(b) If a married  Participant  dies before his  benefit  payments  begin,  then,
unless he has  specifically  elected  otherwise,  the Committee  shall cause the
balance in his  Accounts to be paid to his  spouse,  as  Beneficiary.  A married
Participant  may name an  individual  other than his spouse as his  Beneficiary,
provided  that such election is  accompanied  by the spouse's  written  consent,
which must:

     (i) acknowledge the effect of the election;

     (ii)  explicitly  provide  either that the designated  Beneficiary  may not
     subsequently  be changed by the  Participant  without the spouse's  further
     consent or that it may be changed without such consent; and

     (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee,  its representative,  or a notary
     public.

This  requirement  shall  not  apply  if  the  Participant  establishes  to  the
Committee's satisfaction that the spouse may not be located.

(c) The  Committee  shall  from  time to  time  take  whatever  steps  it  deems
appropriate to keep informed of each Participant's marital status. Each Employer
shall provide the Committee with the most reliable information in the Employer's
possession regarding its Participants' marital status, and the Committee may, in
its  discretion,  require a notarized  affidavit from any  Participant as to his
marital status. The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be
fully  protected and discharged  from any liability to the extent of any benefit
payments made as a result of the Committee's good faith and reasonable  reliance
upon  information  obtained from a Participant as to the  Participant's  marital
status.


                                       25
<PAGE>


Section 7.04 Delay in Benefit Determination.

If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or
Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to this
Section 7, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can
first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of
the delay.

Section 7.05 Options to Receive and Sell Stock.

(a) Unless  ownership of virtually  all Company  Stock is  restricted  to active
Employees and qualified  retirement plans for the benefit of Employees  pursuant
to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Company
Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may
instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant's entire vested interest in
his Accounts in the form of Company Stock.  In that event,  the Committee  shall
apply the  Participant's  vested  interest in his Other  Investments  Account to
purchase sufficient Company Stock to make the required distribution.

b) Any Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to this Section,  and any
person who has received  Company  Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant
by reason of the  Participant's  death or incompetency,  by reason of divorce or
separation  from  the  Participant,  or by  reason  of a  rollover  distribution
described  in Section  402(c) of the Code,  shall have the right to require  the
Employer  which issued the Company  Stock to purchase the Company  Stock for its
current fair market value (hereinafter  referred to as the "put right"). The put
right shall be exercisable  by written notice to the Committee  during the first
60 days  after  the  Company  Stock is  distributed  by the  Plan,  and,  if not
exercised in that period,  during the first 60 days in the  following  Plan Year
after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its  determination as to
the Company  Stock's  current fair market value.  If the put right is exercised,
the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion,  assume
the  Employer's  rights and  obligations  with respect to purchasing  the Stock.
However,  the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Company Stock, at
the  time  the put  right  would  otherwise  be  exercisable,  may be sold on an
established  market in  accordance  with federal and state  securities  laws and
regulations.

(c) With respect to a put right,  the  Employer or the Trustee,  as the case may
be, may elect to pay for the Company Stock in equal periodic  installments,  not
less frequently than annually, over a period not longer than five (5) years from
the 30th day after the put right is exercised  pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.05,  with adequate  security and interest at a reasonable  rate on the
unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to
the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

(d) Nothing  contained  in this  Section  7.05 shall be deemed to  obligate  any
Employer to register any Company Stock under any federal or state securities law
or to  create  or  maintain  a public  market  to  facilitate  the  transfer  or
disposition of any Company Stock. The put right described in this Section


                                       26
<PAGE>


7.05 may only be exercised by a person  described in the  paragraph  (b) of this
Section  7.05,  and may not be  transferred  with any Company Stock to any other
person.  As to all  Company  Stock  purchased  by the Plan in  exchange  for any
Acquisition  Loan,  the put right be  nonterminable.  The put right for  Company
Stock  acquired  through a Acquisition  Loan shall continue with respect to such
Company Stock after the  Acquisition  Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an
employee stock ownership plan.  Except as provided above, in accordance with the
provisions of Sections  54.4975-7(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations,  no Company
Stock  acquired with the proceeds of an  Acquisition  Loan may be subject to any
put, call or other option or buy-sell or similar  arrangement while held by, and
when  distributed  from,  the Plan,  whether the Plan is then an employee  stock
ownership plan.

Section 7.06 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock.

Except in the case of Company Stock which is traded on an established  market, a
Participant  who  receives  Company  Stock  pursuant to this  Section 7, and any
person who has received  Company  Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant
by reason of the  Participant's  death or incompetency,  by reason of divorce or
separation  from  the  Participant,  or by  reason  of a  rollover  distribution
described  in  Section  402(c)  of the Code,  shall,  prior to any sale or other
transfer of the Company Stock to any other person, first offer the Company Stock
to the issuing  Employer and to the Plan at its current fair market value.  This
restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary,  involuntary,  or by
operation  of law,  and  whether for  consideration  or  gratuitous.  Either the
Employer  or the  Trustee  may  accept  the  offer  within  14 days  after it is
delivered.  Any Company Stock  distributed  by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous
legend  describing  the right of first  refusal  under  this  Section  7.06,  as
applicable,  as well as any other  restrictions upon the transfer of the Company
Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

Section 7.07 Direct Transfer of Eligible Plan Distributions.

(a)  A  Participant  or  Beneficiary  may  direct  that  an  "eligible  rollover
distribution"  (as defined  below)  included in a payment made  pursuant to this
Section 7 be paid directly to an "eligible retirement plan" (as defined below).

(b) To effect such a direct transfer, the Participant or Beneficiary must notify
the Committee that a direct transfer is desired and provide to the Committee the
eligible  retirement  plan to which the payment is to be made. Such notice shall
be made in such  form and at such  time as the  Committee  may  prescribe.  Upon
receipt  of such  notice,  the  Committee  shall  direct  the  Trustee to make a
trustee-to-trustee  transfer  of  the  eligible  rollover  distribution  to  the
eligible retirement plan so specified.

(c) For purposes of this Section 7.07, an "eligible rollover distribution" shall
have the meaning  set forth in Section  402(c)(4)  of the Code and any  Treasury
Regulations  promulgated   thereunder.   To  the  extent  such  meaning  is  not
inconsistent with the above references,  an eligible rollover distribution shall
mean any distribution of all or any portion of the Participant's Account, except
that


                                       27
<PAGE>


such  term  shall  not  include  any  distribution  which is one of a series  of
substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less frequently than annually) made
(i) for the life (or life  expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or
joint life  expectancies)  of the Participant and a designated  Beneficiary,  or
(ii) for a period of ten years or more.  Further,  the term  "eligible  rollover
distribution"  shall not  include  any  distribution  required  to be made under
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

(d) For purposes of this Section 7.07, an "eligible  retirement plan" shall have
the  meaning  set  forth in  Section  402(c)(8)  of the  Code  and any  Treasury
Regulations  promulgated   thereunder.   To  the  extent  such  meaning  is  not
inconsistent with the above references,  an eligible retirement plan shall mean:
(i) an individual  retirement  account  described in Section 408(a) of the Code;
(ii) an individual  retirement  annuity  described in Section 408(b) of the Code
(other than an endowment contract), (iii) a qualified trust described in Section
401(a) of the Code and  exempt  under  Section  501(a) of the Code,  and (iv) an
annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code.


                                       28
<PAGE>


                                    Section 8
                    Voting of Company Stock and Tender Offers

Section 8.01 Voting of Company Stock.

(a) In General.  The Trustee  shall  generally  vote all shares of Company Stock
held in the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.01.

(b)  Allocated  Shares.  Shares of Company  Stock which have been  allocated  to
Participants'  Accounts  shall be voted by the  Trustee in  accordance  with the
Participants' written instructions.

(c) Uninstructed and Unallocated Shares. Shares of Company Stock which have been
allocated to Participants'  Accounts but for which no written  instructions have
been received by the Trustee regarding voting shall be voted by the Trustee in a
manner  calculated to most accurately  reflect the  instructions the Trustee has
received from  Participants  regarding voting shares of allocated Company Stock.
Shares of  unallocated  Company  Stock  shall also be voted by the  Trustee in a
manner  calculated to most accurately  reflect the  instructions the Trustee has
received from  Participants  regarding voting shares of allocated Company Stock.
Notwithstanding  the preceding two sentences,  all shares of Company Stock which
have been allocated to Participants'  Accounts and for which the Trustee has not
timely received written instructions regarding voting and all unallocated shares
of Company  Stock must be voted by the  Trustee  in a manner  determined  by the
Trustee  to  be  solely  in  the  best   interests  of  the   Participants   and
Beneficiaries.

(d) Voting  Prior to  Allocation.  In the event no shares of Company  Stock have
been  allocated to  Participants'  Accounts at the time  Company  Stock is to be
voted,  each  Participant  shall be deemed to have one  share of  Company  Stock
allocated to his  Accounts  for the sole  purpose of providing  the Trustee with
voting instructions.

(e)  Procedure  and  Confidentiality.  Whenever  such  voting  rights  are to be
exercised,  the  Employers,  the  Committee,  and the Trustee shall see that all
Participants  and  Beneficiaries  are  provided  with the same notices and other
materials  as are  provided  to other  holders  of the  Company  Stock,  and are
provided with adequate  opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee
regarding  the voting of Company  Stock  allocated  to their  Accounts or deemed
allocated  to their  Accounts for purposes of voting.  The  instructions  of the
Participants  with  respect to the voting of shares of  Company  Stock  shall be
confidential.

Section 8.02 Tender Offers.

In the event of a tender  offer,  Company Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee
in the same manner set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan regarding the voting of
Company Stock.


                                       29
<PAGE>


                                    Section 9
                      The Committee and Plan Administration

Section 9.01 Identity of the Committee.

The Committee shall consist of three or more  individuals  selected by the Bank.
Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee
of an  Employer,  shall be eligible to serve as a member of the  Committee.  The
Bank shall have the power to remove any  individual  serving on the Committee at
any time without cause upon ten (10) days written notice to such  individual and
any individual may resign from the Committee at any time without reason upon ten
(10) days written  notice to the Bank.  The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any
change in membership of the Committee.

Section 9.02 Authority of Committee.

(a) The Committee shall be the "plan administrator"  within the meaning of ERISA
and shall have exclusive  responsibility and authority to control and manage the
operation  and  administration  of the Plan,  including the  interpretation  and
application  of its  provisions,  except to the extent such  responsibility  and
authority are otherwise specifically:

     (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and
     Trust Agreement;

     (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers,  the
     Committee, or the Trustee; or

     (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law.

(b) The  Committee  shall  have  exclusive  responsibility  regarding  decisions
concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan.

(c) The Committee shall have full investment  responsibility with respect to the
Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust
Agreement.

(d) In the  discharge  of its  duties,  the  Committee  may employ  accountants,
actuaries,  legal  counsel,  and other  agents  (who also may be  employed by an
Employer  or the  Trustee in the same or some other  capacity)  and may pay such
individuals  reasonable  compensation  and expenses for their services  rendered
with respect to the operation or  administration  of the Plan to the extent such
payments are not otherwise prohibited by law.


                                       30
<PAGE>


Section 9.03 Duties of Committee.

(a) The  Committee  shall keep  whatever  records may be necessary in connection
with the  maintenance  of the Plan and shall furnish to the  Employers  whatever
reports may be required from time to time by the Employers.  The Committee shall
furnish  to the  Trustee  whatever  information  may be  necessary  to  properly
administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate
government agencies of all reports and returns required with respect to the Plan
under ERISA and the Code and other applicable laws.

(b) The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect
to the Plan's  holdings  of Company  Stock and shall  direct the  Trustee in all
respects  regarding  the  purchase,  retention,  sale,  exchange,  and pledge of
Company Stock and the creation and  satisfaction of any Acquisition  Loan to the
extent such responsibilities are not set forth in the Trust Agreement.

(c) The Committee shall at all times act consistently  with the Bank's long-term
intention  that the Plan,  as an  employee  stock  ownership  plan,  be invested
primarily  in Company  Stock.  Subject to the  direction of the  Committee  with
respect to any  Acquisition  Loan pursuant to the  provisions of Section 4.03 of
the Plan,  and subject to the  provisions of Sections 7.05 and 11.04 of the Plan
as to  Participants'  rights under certain  circumstances to have their Accounts
invested in Company Stock or in assets other than Company  Stock,  the Committee
shall determine, in its sole discretion, the extent to which assets of the Trust
shall be used to repay any  Acquisition  Loan, to purchase  Company Stock, or to
invest in other assets  selected by the Committee or an investment  manager.  No
provision of the Plan relating to the  allocation or vesting of any interests in
the Company Stock or  investments  other than Company  Stock shall  restrict the
Committee  from  changing  any  holdings of the Trust Fund,  whether the changes
involve an increase or a decrease in the Company Stock or other assets  credited
to Participants'  Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust Fund's
investment  in  Company  Stock,  the  Committee  shall be  authorized  to employ
investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their
reasonable  compensation  and  expenses  to the  extent  such  payments  are not
prohibited by law.

(d) If the valuation of any Company Stock is not established by reported trading
on a generally  recognized  public  market,  then the  Committee  shall have the
exclusive  authority and  responsibility to determine value of the Company Stock
for all  purposes  under the Plan.  Such value  shall be  determined  as of each
Valuation Date and on any other date as of which the Trustee  purchases or sells
Company  Stock  in a manner  consistent  with  Section  4975 of the Code and the
Treasury  Regulations  thereunder.  The Committee  shall use generally  accepted
methods of valuing  stock of similar  corporations  for purposes of arm's length
business and investment transactions, and in this connection the Committee shall
obtain,  and shall be protected in relying upon,  the valuation of Company Stock
as determined by an independent appraiser experienced in preparing valuations of
similar businesses.


                                       31
<PAGE>


Section 9.04 Compliance with ERISA and the Code.

The Committee  shall perform all acts necessary to ensure the Plan's  compliance
with ERISA and the Code. Each individual member of the Committee shall discharge
his duties in good faith and in accordance  with the applicable  requirements of
ERISA and the Code.

Section 9.05 Action by Committee.

All actions of the  Committee  shall be governed  by the  affirmative  vote of a
number of the members of the  Committee  which is a majority of the total number
of  the  members  of the  Committee.  The  members  of the  Committee  may  meet
informally and may take any action without meeting as a group.

Section 9.06 Execution of Documents.

Any  instrument  executed  by the  Committee  may be signed by any member of the
Committee.

Section 9.07 Adoption of Rules.

The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as
it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper operation,  administration  and
interpretation of the Plan.

Section 9.08 Responsibilities to Participants.

The Committee  shall  determine  which  Employees  qualify to participate in the
Plan. The Committee  shall furnish to each Eligible  Employee  whatever  summary
plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may
be required under ERISA.  The Committee also shall  determine when a Participant
or his  Beneficiary  qualifies for the payment of benefits  under the Plan.  The
Committee  shall  furnish  to each  such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  whatever
information is required under ERISA or the Code (or is otherwise appropriate) to
enable  the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  to  make  whatever  elections  may be
available pursuant to Section 7, and the Committee shall provide for the payment
of  benefits in the proper form and amount  from the Trust.  The  Committee  may
decide in its sole discretion to permit  modifications of elections and to defer
or  accelerate  benefits  to the extent  consistent  with the terms of the Plan,
applicable law, and the best interests of the individuals concerned.

Section 9.09 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity.

If the Committee  finds at any time that an individual  qualifying  for benefits
under  this Plan is a minor or is  incompetent,  the  Committee  may  direct the
benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian,
a custodian for him under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act,


                                       32
<PAGE>


or the person having actual  custody of him, or, in the case of an  incompetent,
to his spouse,  his legal guardian,  or the person having actual custody of him.
The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual
use of the funds by the person  receiving  them under this Section 9.09, and any
such  payment  shall  completely  discharge  the  obligations  of the Plan,  the
Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

Section 9.10 Indemnification by Employers.

Except as  separately  agreed  in  writing,  the  Committee,  and any  member or
employee  of the  Committee,  shall  be  indemnified  and held  harmless  by the
Employers, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by law against
any and all costs, damages,  expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or
imposed upon the Committee or such  individual in connection with any claim made
against the  Committee  or such  individual  or in which the  Committee  or such
individual may be involved by reason of being, or having been, the Committee, or
a member or employee of the  Committee,  to the extent such amounts are not paid
by insurance.

Section 9.11 Abstention by Interested Member.

Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant  in the Plan shall take no
part in any  determination  specifically  relating to his own  participation  or
benefits  under the Plan,  unless his  abstention  would  render  the  Committee
incapable of acting on the matter.


                                       33
<PAGE>


                                   Section 10
                         Rules Governing Benefit Claims

Section 10.01 Claim for Benefits.

Any  Participant or Beneficiary  who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall
file a claim for his  benefits  with the  Committee  on a form  provided  by the
Committee.  The claim,  including any election of an  alternative  benefit form,
shall be filed at least 30 days  before  the date on which the  benefits  are to
begin.  If a Participant  or  Beneficiary  fails to file a claim by the 30th day
before the date on which benefits become  payable,  he shall be presumed to have
filed a claim for payment for the  Participant's  benefits in the standard  form
prescribed by Section 7 of the Plan.

Section 10.02 Notification by Committee.

Within 90 days after  receiving  a claim for  benefits  (or within 180 days,  if
special  circumstances  require an extension  of time and written  notice of the
extension  is given to the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  within  90 days  after
receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or
Beneficiary  whether  the claim has been  approved or denied.  If the  Committee
denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice
to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(a) each specific reason for the denial;

(b) specific  references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is
based;

(c) a  description  of any  additional  material or  information  which could be
submitted  by the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  to support  his claim,  with an
explanation of the relevance of such information; and

(d) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 10.03 of
the Plan.

Section 10.03 Claims Review Procedure.

Within 60 days after a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  receives  notice  from the
Committee  that his claim for benefits  has been denied in any  respect,  he may
file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for
disputing  the  Committee's  determination.  In  connection  with his appeal the
Participant or Beneficiary or his  representative may inspect or purchase copies
of pertinent  documents  and records to the extent not  inconsistent  with other
Participants'  and  Beneficiaries'  rights  of  privacy.  Within  60 days  after
receiving a notice of appeal from a prior  determination (or within 120 days, if
special  circumstances  require an extension  of time and written  notice of the
extension is given to the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  and his  representative
within 60 days  after  receiving  the notice of  appeal),  the  Committee  shall
furnish to the Participant or


                                       34
<PAGE>


Beneficiary  and  his  representative,  if  any,  a  written  statement  of  the
Committee's final decision with respect to his claim,  including the reasons for
such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.


                                       35
<PAGE>


                                   Section 11
                                    The Trust

Section 11.01  Creation of Trust Fund.

All amounts  received under the Plan from an Employer and  investments  shall be
held in a Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement.
The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the
Trust Fund.  Neither the Bank,  any other  Employer,  its board of  directors or
trustees, its stockholders,  its officers, its employees, the Committee, nor the
Trustee  shall be liable for payment of any benefit  under this Plan except from
the Trust Fund.

Section 11.02 Company Stock and Other Investments.

Trust  Fund  held by the  Trustee  shall  be  divided  into  Company  Stock  and
investments  other than  Company  Stock.  The Trustee  shall have no  investment
responsibility  for the portion of the Trust Fund  consisting of Company  Stock,
but shall accept any Employer  contributions  made in the form of Company Stock,
and shall  acquire,  sell,  exchange,  distribute,  and otherwise  deal with and
dispose of Company Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee.

Section 11.03  Acquisition of Company Stock.

From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion,  direct the Trustee
to  acquire  Company  Stock  from the  issuing  Employer  or from  shareholders,
including  shareholders  who  are  or  have  been  Employees,  Participants,  or
fiduciaries  with  respect to the Plan.  The Trustee  shall pay for such Company
Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively
by the  Committee  pursuant to Section  9.03(d) of the Plan.  The  Committee may
direct the  Trustee to  finance  the  acquisition  of Company  Stock  through an
Acquisition Loan subject to the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Plan.

Section 11.04  Participants' Option to Diversify.

The Committee  shall provide for a procedure under which each  Participant  may,
during the first five years of a certain six-year period, elect to have up to 25
percent of the value of his Accounts committed to alternative investment options
within an "Investment  Fund." For the sixth year in this period, the Participant
may elect to have up to 50 percent  of the value of his  Accounts  committed  to
other investments.  The six-year period shall begin with the Plan Year following
the first  Plan  Year in which  the  Participant  has both  reached  aged 55 and
completed 10 years of  participation  in the Plan; a  Participant's  election to
diversify  his  Accounts  must be made  within  the  90-day  period  immediately
following the last day of each of the six Plan Years.  The  Committee  shall see
that the Investment Fund includes a sufficient  number of investment  options to
comply  with  Section  401(a)(28)(B)  of the Code.  The  Committee  may,  in its
discretion,  permit a transfer of a portion of the Participant's Accounts to the
Savings Plan in order to satisfy this Section 11.04, provided such


                                       36
<PAGE>


investments comply with Section 401(a)(28)(B) and such transfer is not otherwise
prohibited under the Code or ERISA. The Trustee shall comply with any investment
directions  received from Participants in accordance with the procedures adopted
from time to time by the Committee under this Section 11.04.


                                       37
<PAGE>


                                   Section 12
                       Adoption, Amendment and Termination

Section 12.01 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers.

With the  consent of the Bank,  any entity may become a  participating  Employer
under the Plan by:

(a) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan;

(b) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund; and

(c) executing and delivering  such  instruments  and taking such other action as
may be  necessary  or  desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the
entity's Employees.

Section 12.02 Adoption of Plan by Successor.

In the  event  that  any  Employer  shall  be  reorganized  by  way  of  merger,
consolidation,  transfer of assets or otherwise, so that an entity other than an
Employer shall succeed to all or substantially  all of the Employer's  business,
the  successor  entity may be  substituted  for the  Employer  under the Plan by
adopting the Plan and becoming a party to the Trust Agreement.  Contributions by
the Employer  shall be  automatically  suspended  from the effective date of any
such reorganization  until the date upon which the substitution of the successor
entity for the Employer  under the Plan becomes  effective.  If,  within 90 days
following the effective date of any such  reorganization,  the successor  entity
shall not have elected to become a party to the Plan,  or if the Employer  shall
adopt  a  plan  of  complete   liquidation  other  than  in  connection  with  a
reorganization,  the Plan  shall be  automatically  terminated  with  respect to
Employees of the Employer as of the close of business on the 90th day  following
the effective date of the reorganization,  or as of the close of business on the
date of adoption of a plan of complete liquidation, as the case may be.

Section 12.03 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan,  the adoption of the Plan and
the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined
initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements
of Section  401(a) of the Code, so that the  Employers may deduct  currently for
federal  income tax purposes  their  contributions  to the Trust and so that the
Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize
income only when they receive  benefits.  In the event that this Plan is held by
the Internal  Revenue  Service not to qualify  initially under Section 401(a) of
the Code, the Plan may be amended  retroactively  to the earliest date permitted
by the  Code  and  the  applicable  Treasury  Regulations  in  order  to  secure
qualification  under  Section  401(a) of the  Code.  If this Plan is held by the
Internal  Revenue  Service not to qualify  initially under Section 401(a) of the
Code either as originally adopted or as amended,  each Employer's  contributions
to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be


                                       38
<PAGE>


returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is
amended after its initial  qualification  and the Plan as amended is held by the
Internal  Revenue  Service not to qualify under Section  401(a) of the Code, the
amendment may be modified  retroactively  to the earliest date  permitted by the
Code and the applicable Treasury  Regulations in order to secure approval of the
amendment under Section 401(a) of the Code.

Section 12.04 Right to Amend or Terminate.

The Bank intends to continue  this Plan as a permanent  program.  However,  each
participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend,  supersede,  or
terminate  the  Plan at any  time  and for any  reason,  as it  applies  to that
Employer's  Employees,  and the  Bank  reserves  the  right to  amend,  suspend,
supersede,  merge,  consolidate,  or terminate  the Plan at any time and for any
reason,  as it  applies  to  the  Employees  of  all  Employers.  No  amendment,
suspension,  supersession,  merger,  consolidation,  or  termination of the Plan
shall reduce any  Participant's or Beneficiary's  proportionate  interest in the
Trust Fund, or shall divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than
the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their  Beneficiaries  prior to the
satisfaction  of all  liabilities  under the Plan.  Except  as is  required  for
purposes of compliance  with the Code or ERISA,  the  provisions of Section 4.04
relating to the crediting of  contributions,  forfeitures  and shares of Company
Stock released from the Loan Suspense  Account,  nor any other  provision of the
Plan relating to the allocation of benefits to Participants, may be amended more
frequently than once every six months. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer
of assets to a  successor  plan or merger or  consolidation  with  another  plan
unless,  in the event of the  termination of the successor plan or the surviving
plan  immediately  following  such  transfer,  merger,  or  consolidation,  each
participant  or  beneficiary  would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater
than the  benefit  he would  have been  entitled  to if the plan in which he was
previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such
transfer, merger, or consolidation.  Following a termination of this Plan by the
Bank,  the Trustee shall  continue to  administer  the Trust and pay benefits in
accordance with the Plan and the Committee's instructions.


                                       39
<PAGE>


                                   Section 13
                               General Provisions

Section 13.01 Nonassignability of Benefits.

The interests of Participants  and other persons  entitled to benefits under the
Plan  shall  not be  subject  to the  claims of their  creditors  and may not be
voluntarily or involuntarily assigned,  alienated, pledged, encumbered, sold, or
transferred.  The  prohibitions set forth in this Section 13.01 shall also apply
any judgement,  decree, or order (including approval of a property or settlement
agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property
rights to a present or former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order,  unless such judgement,  decree or order
is determined to be a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in Section
414(p) of the Code.

Section 13.02 Limit of Employer Liability.

The liability of the Employers  with respect to  Participants  and other persons
entitled to benefits under the Plan shall be limited to making  contributions to
the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

Section 13.03 Plan Expenses.

All  expenses  incurred  by the  Committee  or the  Trustee in  connection  with
administering  the Plan and Trust  shall be paid by the  Trustee  from the Trust
Fund to the extent the expenses  have not been paid or assumed by the  Employers
or by the Trustee.

Section 13.04 Nondiversion of Assets.

Except  as  provided  in  Sections  5.05  and  12.03  of  the  Plan,   under  no
circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any
purpose  other  than  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the  Participants  and  their
Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

Section 13.05 Separability of Provisions.

If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or  unenforceable,  the other
provisions  of the Plan  shall not be  affected  but shall be  applied as if the
invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

Section 13.06 Service of Process.

The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the
Bank and the  Trustee,  or such other person as may be  designated  from time to
time by the Bank.


                                       40
<PAGE>


Section 13.07 Governing Law.

The Plan is established  under, and its validity,  construction and effect shall
be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to the extent those
laws are not preempted by federal law, including the provisions of ERISA.

Section 13.08 Special Rules for Persons Subject to Section 16(b) Requirements.

Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  any former Participant who is
subject to the  provisions  of Section 16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  who becomes  eligible to again  participate in the Plan, may not become a
Participant  prior to the date  that is six  months  from the date  such  former
Participant  terminated  participation  in the Plan.  In  addition,  any  person
subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  16(b)  of the  1934  Act  receiving  a
distribution  of Company  Stock from the Plan must hold such Company Stock for a
period of six months  commencing with the date of  distribution.  However,  this
restriction  will not apply to Company  Stock  distributions  made in connection
with  death,  retirement,  disability  or  termination  of  employment,  or made
pursuant to the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.


                                       41
<PAGE>


                                   Section 14
                              Top-Heavy Provisions

Section 14.01 Top-Heavy Provisions.

If, as of the last day of the first Plan Year, or  thereafter,  if as of the day
next preceding the beginning of any Plan Year (the  "Determination  Date"),  the
Plan is a "top-heavy  plan"  (determined  in accordance  with the  provisions of
Section 416(g) of the Code); that is, the aggregate present value of the accrued
benefits  and  account  balances of all "Key  Employees"  (within the meaning of
Section  416(i)  of the  Code and for  this  purpose  using  the  definition  of
Compensation,   as  modified  under  Section  5.5(b)  of  the  Plan)  and  their
Beneficiaries,  the  provision  specified in this Section 14 will  automatically
become effective as of the first day of the Plan Year. For purposes of the above
sentence,  the  aggregate  present  value of the  accrued  benefits  and account
balances of a Participant who has not performed any services for the Bank or any
of its Affiliates during the five-year period ending on the  Determination  Date
shall not be taken into account.  This  calculation  shall be made in accordance
with  Section  416(g) of the Code,  taking  into  consideration  plans which are
considered part of the Aggregation  Group.  The term  "Aggregation  Group" shall
include  each  plan of the Bank or any of its  Affiliates  that  includes  a Key
Employee and each plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that allows the Plan
to meet the requirements of Section  401(a)(4) of the Code or Section 410 of the
Code and may include any other plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates, if the
Aggregation Group would continue to meet the requirements of Sections  401(a)(4)
and 410 of the Code.

Section 14.02 Plan Modifications Upon Becoming Top-Heavy.

(a) Minimum Accruals.  Section 5.04 of the Plan will be modified to provide that
the aggregate  amount of Employer  contributions  allocated in each Plan Year to
the Accounts of each  Participant who is a Non-Key  Employee (within the meaning
of Section  416(i)(1) of the Code), and who is employed by an Employer as of the
last day of the Plan Year, may not be less than the lesser of:

     (i) three percent of his Compensation for the Plan Year; and

     (ii) a  percentage  of his  Compensation  equal to the  largest  percentage
     obtained by dividing the sum of the amount  credited to the Accounts of any
     key Employee by that key Employee's Compensation; and

(b)  Section  415(e) of the Code.  Section  5.05 of the Plan will be modified to
provide that the dollar  limitations in the denominators of the "defined benefit
plan  fraction"  and "defined  contribution  plan  fraction"  (as such terms are
defined in  Section  415(e) of the Code) will be  multiplied  by 1.0  instead of
1.25.  However,  the  above  sentence  shall  not  apply  if "four  percent"  is
substituted for "three percent" in paragraph (a) of this Section 14.02.


                                       42
<PAGE>


The preceding  provisions will remain in effect for the period in which the Plan
is top-heavy.  If, for any  particular  year  thereafter,  the Plan is no longer
top-heavy,  the  provisions  contained  in this Section 14 shall cease to apply,
except that any previously  vested  portion of any Account  balance shall remain
nonforfeitable.

Section 14.03 Super Top-Heavy Provisions.

If, as of a  Determination  Date,  the  aggregate  present  value of the accrued
benefits  and  Account  balances of all "Key  Employees"  (within the meaning of
Section 416(i) of the Code) and their Beneficiaries  exceed 90% of the aggregate
present value of the accrued  benefits and Account  balances of all Participants
and  Beneficiaries,  paragraph  (a) of Section 14.02 will  automatically  become
effective as of the first day of such Plan Year, except that Section 14.02(b) of
the Plan  will be  modified  to  provide  that  the  dollar  limitations  in the
denominators of the defined benefit plan fraction and defined  contribution plan
fraction in Section 5.05 of the Plan shall be multiplied by 1.0 instead of 1.25,
whether or not the minimum  benefit is increased  under Section  14.02(a) of the
Plan.


                                       43

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS OF BAYSTATE BANCORP,  INC. AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH
31,  1998 AND IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE  TO SUCH  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAR-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 APR-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-31-1998
<CASH>                                         5,213
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                         207,295
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                               46,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    6,523
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         6,145
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           6,147  
<LOANS>                                        224,928
<ALLOWANCE>                                    2,513  
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 295,291
<DEPOSITS>                                     207,780
<SHORT-TERM>                                   22,176 
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            1,761  
<LONG-TERM>                                    0      
                          0      
                                    0      
<COMMON>                                       25     
<OTHER-SE>                                     63,574 
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 295,291
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                17,872 
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              1,009  
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               368    
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               19,249 
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                             8,994  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1,206  
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          9,049  
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  856    
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                             0      
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                11,008 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (2,502)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                     (2,502)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0      
<CHANGES>                                      0      
<NET-INCOME>                                   (1,751)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0      
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0      
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                 8.12   
<LOANS-NON>                                    2,279  
<LOANS-PAST>                                   0      
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                               0      
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                0      
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               1,687  
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  49     
<RECOVERIES>                                   19     
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              2,513 
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                           2,513 
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                            0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission